*** empty log message ***
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (14885 9171))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
30
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
33
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
36
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
39
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
43
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
46
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
51
52 ;;;***
53 \f
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (14977 55687))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
57
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
64
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
67
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
69
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
72
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
75
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
78
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
80
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
83
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
86
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
92
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
95
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
102
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
113
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
116
117 ;;;***
118 \f
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15013 64496))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
132
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
135
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
138
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
143
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
147
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
151
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
156
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
162
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
165
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
172
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
175
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
182
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
185
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
188
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
191
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
194
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
197
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
203
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
205
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
210
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
213
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
216
217 ;;;***
218 \f
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15059
221 ;;;;;; 9082))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
223
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
234
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
243
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
256
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
260
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
264
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
279
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
284
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
287
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
290
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
293
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
298
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
305
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
307
308 ;;;***
309 \f
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (14823 12922))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
314
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
322
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
326
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
331
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
343
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
346
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
351
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
355
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
362
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
370
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
378
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
381
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
384
385 ;;;***
386 \f
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (14868 1431))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
391
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
398
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
400
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
402
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
404
405 ;;;***
406 \f
407 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
408 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (14965 36567))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
410
411 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
412 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
413
414 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
415 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
416
417 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
418 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
419 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
420 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
421
422 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
423 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
424
425 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
426
427 ;;;***
428 \f
429 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
430 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (14885 13587))
431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
432
433 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
434 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
435 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
436 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
437 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
438 \\[yank].
439
440 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
441 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
442 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
443 the rules.
444
445 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
446 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
447 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
448 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
449
450 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
451 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
452 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
455 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
456 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
457
458 ;;;***
459 \f
460 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
461 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
462 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
463 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (14726 36008))
464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
465
466 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
467 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
468 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
469 as the first thing on a line.")
470
471 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
472 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
473
474 (defvar appt-audible t "\
475 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
476
477 (defvar appt-visible t "\
478 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
479
480 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
481 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
482
483 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
484 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
485
486 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
487 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
488
489 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
490 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
491 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
492
493 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
494 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
495 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
496
497 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
498 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
499
500 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
501 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
502 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
503 put in the appointments list.
504 02/23/89
505 12:00pm lunch
506 Wednesday
507 10:00am group meeting
508 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
509 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
510 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
511
512 ;;;***
513 \f
514 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
515 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (14883
516 ;;;;;; 29489))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
518
519 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
520 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
521
522 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
523
524 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
525 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
526 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
527 normal variables." t nil)
528
529 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
530
531 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
532 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
533 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
534 noninteractive functions.
535
536 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
537 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
538
539 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
540 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
541 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
542 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
543 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
544
545 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
546 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
548 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
549 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
550
551 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
552 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
553 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
554 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
555 bindings.
556 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
557
558 ;;;***
559 \f
560 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (14826
561 ;;;;;; 51988))
562 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
563
564 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
565 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
566 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
567 Letters no longer insert themselves.
568 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
569 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
570
571 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
572 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
573 archive.
574
575 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
576
577 ;;;***
578 \f
579 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (14777 22130))
580 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
581
582 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
583 Major mode for editing arrays.
584
585 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
586 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
587 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
588
589 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
590
591 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
592 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
593 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
594
595 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
596 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
597 supply. These variables are all local the the buffer. Other buffer
598 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
599 The variables are:
600
601 Variables you assign:
602 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
603 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
604 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
605 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
606 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
607 row numbers in the buffer.
608
609 Variables which are calculated:
610 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
611 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
612
613 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
614 take a numeric prefix argument):
615
616 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
617 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
618 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
619 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
620
621 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
622 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
623 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
624 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
625
626 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
627 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
628 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
629 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
630
631 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
632 between that of point and mark.
633
634 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
635 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
636
637 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
638 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
639 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
640 newlines inside rows)
641
642 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
643
644 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
645
646 ;;;***
647 \f
648 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (14924
649 ;;;;;; 25355))
650 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
651
652 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
653 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
654 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
655 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
656
657 How to quit artist mode
658
659 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
660
661
662 How to submit a bug report
663
664 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
665
666
667 Drawing with the mouse:
668
669 mouse-2
670 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
671 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
672 below).
673
674 mouse-1
675 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
676 or pastes:
677
678 Operation Not shifted Shifted
679 --------------------------------------------------------------
680 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
681 to new point
682 --------------------------------------------------------------
683 Line Line in any direction Straight line
684 --------------------------------------------------------------
685 Rectangle Rectangle Square
686 --------------------------------------------------------------
687 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
688 --------------------------------------------------------------
689 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
690 --------------------------------------------------------------
691 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
692 --------------------------------------------------------------
693 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
694 --------------------------------------------------------------
695 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
696 --------------------------------------------------------------
697 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
698 lines
699 --------------------------------------------------------------
700 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
701 --------------------------------------------------------------
702 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
704 Paste Paste Paste
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
706 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
708
709 * Straight lines can only go horiziontally, vertically
710 or diagonally.
711
712 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
713 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
714 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
715 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
716 poly-lines.
717
718 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
719 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
720 overwrite means the opposite.
721
722 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
723 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
724 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
725
726 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
727
728 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
729 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
730
731 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
732 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
733 are currently drawing something.
734
735 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
736 some time to fill.
737
738
739 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
740 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
741
742
743 Settings
744
745 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
746
747 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
748
749 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
750
751 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
752
753 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
754 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
755
756 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
757
758
759 Drawing with keys
760
761 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
762 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
763 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
764 When erase characters: toggles erasing
765 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
766 When pasting: Pastes
767
768 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
769
770 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
771
772 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
773 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
774 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
775 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
776 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
777 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
778
779
780 Arrows
781
782 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
783 of the line/poly-line
784
785 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
786 of the line/poly-line
787
788
789 Selecting operation
790
791 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
792
793 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
794 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
795 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
796 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
797 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
798 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
799 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
800 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
801 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
802 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
803 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
804 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
805 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
806 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
807 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
808 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
809 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
810 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
811 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
812 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
813
814
815 Variables
816
817 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
818 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
819
820 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
821 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
822 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
823 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
824 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
825 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
826 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
827 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
828 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
829 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
830 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
831 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
832 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
833 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
834 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
835 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
836 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
837 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
838 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
839
840 Hooks
841
842 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
843 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
844
845
846 Keymap summary
847
848 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
849
850 ;;;***
851 \f
852 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
853 ;;;;;; 20134))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
855
856 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
857 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
858 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
859
860 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
861 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
862 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
863 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
864
865 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
866 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
867
868 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
869 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
870
871 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
872
873 Special commands:
874 \\{asm-mode-map}
875 " t nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
880 ;;;;;; (14901 18790))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
882
883 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
884 Obsolete.")
885
886 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
887 This command is obsolete." t nil)
888
889 ;;;***
890 \f
891 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
892 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
893 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
894
895 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
896 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
897 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
898 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
899 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
900
901 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
902
903 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
904
905 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
906 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
907 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
908 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
909 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
910 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
911 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
912 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
913 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
914 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
915
916 For example:
917 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
918 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
919 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
920 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
921 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
922
923 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
924
925 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
926 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
927 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
928 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
929 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
930
931 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
932
933 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
934
935 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
936 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
937 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
938 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
939 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
940 &c to supply digit arguments.
941
942 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
943
944 ;;;***
945 \f
946 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
947 ;;;;;; (14532 61420))
948 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
949
950 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
951 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
952
953 ;;;***
954 \f
955 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
956 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (14898 8348))
957 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
958
959 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
960 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
961 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
962
963 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
964 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
965 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
966 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
967
968 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
969 Toggle Auto-Insert mode on or off.
970 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
972 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
973
974 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
975
976 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
977
978 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
979 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
980 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
981 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
982
983 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
984 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
985
986 ;;;***
987 \f
988 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
989 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
990 ;;;;;; (15020 54751))
991 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
992
993 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
994 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
995 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
996
997 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
998 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
999 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1000
1001 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1002 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1003 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1004
1005 ;;;***
1006 \f
1007 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1008 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1009 ;;;;;; (15039 5563))
1010 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1011
1012 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1013 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1014
1015 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1016 instead.")
1017
1018 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1019 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1020
1021 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1022 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1023
1024 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1025
1026 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1027
1028 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1029 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1030
1031 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1032 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1033 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1034
1035 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1036 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1037
1038 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1039 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1040
1041 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1042 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1043
1044 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1045 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1046 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1047
1048 ;;;***
1049 \f
1050 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1051 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (14877 10207))
1052 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1053
1054 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1055 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1056 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1057 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1058 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1059
1060 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1061
1062 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1063
1064 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1065 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1066 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1067 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1068
1069 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1070 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1071 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1072
1073 Effects of the different modes:
1074 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1075 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1076 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1077 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1078 a random distance & direction.
1079 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1080 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1081 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1082
1083 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1084
1085 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1086 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1087 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1088
1089 ;;;***
1090 \f
1091 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (14854
1092 ;;;;;; 32223))
1093 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1094
1095 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1096 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1097 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1098 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1099 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1100
1101 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1102
1103 ;;;***
1104 \f
1105 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1106 ;;;;;; (14455 30228))
1107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1108
1109 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1110 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1111
1112 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1113 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1114
1115 For example:
1116
1117 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1118 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1119 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1120 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1121
1122 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1123
1124 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1125
1126 ;;;***
1127 \f
1128 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1129 ;;;;;; (14987 38427))
1130 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1131
1132 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1133 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1134 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1135 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1136
1137 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1138 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1139 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1140 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1141 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1142 seconds." t nil)
1143
1144 ;;;***
1145 \f
1146 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (14977
1147 ;;;;;; 55968))
1148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1149
1150 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1151 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1152
1153 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1154 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1155 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1156 of the problem, including a reproducable test case and send the
1157 message.
1158
1159
1160 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1161
1162 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1163 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1164 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1165 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1166 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1167
1168 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1169 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1170 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1171 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1172 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1173 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1174
1175 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1176 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1177 BibTeX mode.
1178
1179
1180 Special information:
1181
1182 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1183
1184 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1185 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1186 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1187 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1188 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1189 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1190 current field.
1191 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1192 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1193
1194 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1195 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1196 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1197 bibtex-entry-format.
1198 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1199 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1200 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1201
1202 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1203 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1204
1205 The following may be of interest as well:
1206
1207 Functions:
1208 bibtex-entry
1209 bibtex-kill-entry
1210 bibtex-yank-pop
1211 bibtex-pop-previous
1212 bibtex-pop-next
1213 bibtex-complete-string
1214 bibtex-complete-key
1215 bibtex-print-help-message
1216 bibtex-generate-autokey
1217 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1218 bibtex-end-of-entry
1219 bibtex-reposition-window
1220 bibtex-mark-entry
1221 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1222 bibtex-ispell-entry
1223 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1224 bibtex-sort-buffer
1225 bibtex-validate
1226 bibtex-count
1227 bibtex-fill-entry
1228 bibtex-reformat
1229 bibtex-convert-alien
1230
1231 Variables:
1232 bibtex-field-delimiters
1233 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1234 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1235 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1236 bibtex-entry-format
1237 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1238 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1239 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1240 bibtex-predefined-strings
1241 bibtex-string-files
1242
1243 ---------------------------------------------------------
1244 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1245 non-nil.
1246
1247 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1248
1249 ;;;***
1250 \f
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (14849 20131))
1252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1253
1254 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1255
1256 ;;;***
1257 \f
1258 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (13229
1259 ;;;;;; 27947))
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1261
1262 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1263 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1264 the default is 4.
1265
1266 What is blackbox?
1267
1268 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1269 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1270 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1271 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1272 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1273 your score.
1274
1275 Overview of play:
1276
1277 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1278 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1279 four.
1280
1281 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1282 movement keys.
1283
1284 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1285 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1286
1287 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1288 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1289
1290 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1291 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1292 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1293 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1294 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1295 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1296
1297 Details:
1298
1299 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1300
1301 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1302 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1303 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1304 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1305
1306 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1307 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1308 denoted by the letter `R'.
1309
1310 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1311 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1312 denoted by the letter `H'.
1313
1314 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1315 example.
1316
1317 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1318 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1319 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1320 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1321 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1322 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1323 ray.
1324
1325 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1326 degree deflection it causes.
1327
1328 1
1329 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1330 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1331 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1332 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1333 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1334 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1335 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1336 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1337 2 3
1338
1339 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1340 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1341
1342
1343 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1344 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1345 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1346 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1347 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1348 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1349 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1350 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1351
1352 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1353 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1354 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1355 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1356 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1357 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1358 emerging from the box.
1359
1360 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1361
1362 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1363 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1365 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1366 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1367 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370
1371 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1372 a reflection." t nil)
1373
1374 ;;;***
1375 \f
1376 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1377 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1378 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1379 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1380 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1381 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15041 64063))
1382 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1383 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1384 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1385 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1386
1387 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1388 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1389 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1390 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1391 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1392 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1393
1394 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1395
1396 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1397
1398 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1399
1400 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1401
1402 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1403
1404 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1405
1406 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1407
1408 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1409
1410 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1411
1412 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1413
1414 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1415
1416 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1417
1418 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1419
1420 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1421 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1422 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1423 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1424 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1425 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1426 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1427 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1428 recent one.
1429
1430 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1431 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1432 yank successive words.
1433
1434 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1435 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1436 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1437 name of the file being visited.
1438
1439 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1440 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1441 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1442
1443 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1444 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1445 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1446 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1447 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1448 this.
1449
1450 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1451 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1452 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1453 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1454
1455 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1456 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1457 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1458 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1459 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1460
1461 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1462 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1463 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1464 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1465
1466 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1467
1468 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1469 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1470 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1471 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1472
1473 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1474 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1475 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1476
1477 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1478 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1479 name." t nil)
1480
1481 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1482 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1483 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1484 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1485 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1486 this." t nil)
1487
1488 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1489 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1490 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1491 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1492 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1493 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1494 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1495 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1496
1497 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1498 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1499 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1500
1501 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1502 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1503 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1504 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1505 \(second argument).
1506
1507 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1508 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1509 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1510 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1511 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1512
1513 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1514 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1515 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1516 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1517
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1519 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1520 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1521 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1522 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1523 while loading.
1524
1525 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1526 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1527 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1528 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1529 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1530 explicitly.
1531
1532 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1533 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1534 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1535 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1536
1537 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1538 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1539 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1540 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1541 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1542
1543 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1544
1545 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1546
1547 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1548 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1549 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1550 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1551 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1552 this.
1553
1554 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1555 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1556 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1557
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1559 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1560 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1561 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1562 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1563 this.
1564
1565 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1566 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1567 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1568
1569 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1570 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1571 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1572
1573 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1574 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1575 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1576
1577 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1578 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1579 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1580 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1581 prompts for NEWNAME.
1582 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1583 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1584 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1585
1586 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1587 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1588 name.
1589
1590 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1591 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1592 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1593
1594 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1595 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1596 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1597 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1598 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1599 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1600
1601 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1602 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1603 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1604
1605 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1606
1607 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1608
1609 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1610
1611 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1612
1613 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1614
1615 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1616
1617 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1618
1619 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1620
1621 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1622
1623 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1624
1625 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1626
1627 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1628
1629 ;;;***
1630 \f
1631 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-generic browse-url-mail browse-url-mmm
1632 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
1633 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic browse-url-cci browse-url-grail
1634 ;;;;;; browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-netscape
1635 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
1636 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
1637 ;;;;;; browse-url-generic-program browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display
1638 ;;;;;; browse-url-new-window-flag browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url"
1639 ;;;;;; "net/browse-url.el" (15069 35855))
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1641
1642 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (eq system-type (quote windows-nt)) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1643 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1644 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1645 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1646
1647 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1648 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1649 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1650 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1651 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1652
1653 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1654 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1655 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1656 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1657 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1658
1659 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1660 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1661
1662 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1663 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1664 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1665
1666 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1667 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1668
1669 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1670 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1671 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1672 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1673 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1674 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1675
1676 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1677 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1678 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1679 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1680 narrowed." t nil)
1681
1682 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1683 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1684
1685 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1686 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1687
1688 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1689 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1690 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1691 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1692
1693 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1694 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1695 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1696 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1697
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1699 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1700 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1701 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1702 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1703 to use." t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1706 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1707 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1708 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1709
1710 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1711 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1712 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1713 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1714
1715 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1716 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1717
1718 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1719 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1720 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1721 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1722
1723 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1724 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1725 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1726 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1727
1728 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1729 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1730
1731 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1732 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1733
1734 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1735 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1736 program is invoked according to the variable
1737 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1738
1739 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1740 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1741 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1742 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1743
1744 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1745 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1746
1747 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1748 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1749 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1750
1751 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1752 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1753 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1754 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1755
1756 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1757 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1758 Default to the URL around or before point.
1759
1760 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1761 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1762 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1763
1764 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1765 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1766 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1767 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1768
1769 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1770 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1771
1772 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1773 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1774 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1775
1776 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1777 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1778 Default to the URL around or before point.
1779
1780 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1781 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1782 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1783
1784 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1785 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1786
1787 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1788 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1789 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1790 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1791
1792 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1793 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1794 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1795 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1796 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1797
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1801 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1802
1803 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1804 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1805 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1806 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1807
1808 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1809 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1810
1811 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1812 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1813 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1814
1815 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1816 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1817 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1818 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1819 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1820 current one.
1821
1822 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1823 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1824 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1825 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1826
1827 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1828 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1829
1830 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1831 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1832 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1833 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1834 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1835 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1836
1837 ;;;***
1838 \f
1839 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (13607
1840 ;;;;;; 42538))
1841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1842
1843 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1844 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1845
1846 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1847 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1848
1849 ;;;***
1850 \f
1851 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1852 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15032 45940))
1853 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1854
1855 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1856 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1857 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1858 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1859
1860 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1861 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1862 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1863 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1864
1865 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1866 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1867
1868 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1869 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1870 \\<bs-mode-map>
1871 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1872 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1873 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1874 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1875
1876 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1877 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1878 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1879 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1880 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1881
1882 ;;;***
1883 \f
1884 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1885 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1886 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1887 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15039 12211))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1889
1890 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1891 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1892 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1893
1894 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1895 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1896 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1897 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1898
1899 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1900 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1901 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1902 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1903
1904 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1905
1906 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1907 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1908
1909 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1910 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1911 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1912 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1913 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1914
1915 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1916 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1917 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1918 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1919
1920 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1921 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1922 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1923
1924 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1925 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1926 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1927 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1928 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1929 all functions called by those functions.
1930
1931 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1932 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1933 cons, etc.).
1934
1935 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1936 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1937 invoked interactively." t nil)
1938
1939 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1940 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1941 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1942 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1943 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1944 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1945
1946 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1947 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1948 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1949 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1950
1951 ;;;***
1952 \f
1953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (12984 38822))
1954 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1955
1956 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1957
1958 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1959
1960 ;;;***
1961 \f
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1963 ;;;;;; (13997 6729))
1964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1965
1966 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1967 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1968 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1969 from the cursor position." t nil)
1970
1971 ;;;***
1972 \f
1973 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (14948
1974 ;;;;;; 8074))
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
1976
1977 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
1978 Run the Emacs calculator.
1979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
1980
1981 ;;;***
1982 \f
1983 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
1984 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
1985 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
1986 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
1987 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
1988 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
1989 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
1990 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
1991 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
1992 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
1993 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
1994 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
1995 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
1996 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
1997 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
1998 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
1999 ;;;;;; (15077 20758))
2000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2001
2002 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2003 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2004 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2005
2006 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2007 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2008 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2009 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2010 the screen.")
2011
2012 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2013 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2014 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2015 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2016 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2017
2018 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2019 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2020 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2021 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2022 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2023 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2024 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2025
2026 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2027 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2028 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2029 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2030 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2031
2032 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2033 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2034 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2035
2036 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2037 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2038 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2039
2040 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2041 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2042 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2043
2044 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2045 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2046 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2047 displayed.")
2048
2049 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2050 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2051 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2052
2053 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2054 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2055 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2056
2057 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2058
2059 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2060 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2061 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2062
2063 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2064 calendar.")
2065
2066 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2067 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2068 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2069
2070 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2071 calendar.")
2072
2073 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2074 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2075 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2076
2077 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2078 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2079 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2080 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2081 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2082
2083 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2084 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2085 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2086 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2087 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2088 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2089 a function is also provided for this:
2090 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2091
2092 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2093 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2094 date is not visible in the window.
2095
2096 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2097 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2098 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2099
2100 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2101 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2102
2103 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2104 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2105 date is visible in the window.
2106
2107 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2108 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2109 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2110
2111 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2112 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2113
2114 For example,
2115
2116 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2117
2118 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2119
2120 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2121 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2122
2123 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2124
2125 MONTH/DAY
2126 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2127 MONTHNAME DAY
2128 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2129 DAYNAME
2130
2131 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2132 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2133 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2134 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2135 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2136 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2137 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2138 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2139 respectively.
2140
2141 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2142 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2143 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2144
2145 DAY/MONTH
2146 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2147 DAY MONTHNAME
2148 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2149 DAYNAME
2150
2151 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2152 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2153
2154 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2155 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2156 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2157 window but will appear in a diary window.
2158
2159 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2160 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2161
2162 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2163 entries (in the default American style):
2164
2165 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2166 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2167 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2168 21: Payday
2169 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2170 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2171 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2172 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2173 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2174 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2175 &* 15 time cards due.
2176
2177 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2178 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2179 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2180 single diary entry
2181
2182 02/11/1989
2183 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2184 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2185 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2186 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2187 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2188 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2189
2190 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2191 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2192 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2193
2194 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2195
2196 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2197
2198 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2199 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2200 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2201 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2202 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2203 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2204 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2205 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2206 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2207
2208 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2209 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2210 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2211 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2212 for these functions for details.
2213
2214 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2215 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2216
2217 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2218 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2219
2220 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2221 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2222
2223 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2224 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2225
2226 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2227 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2228 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2229
2230 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2231 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2232 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2233
2234 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2235 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2236 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2237 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2238
2239 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2240 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2241 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2242 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2243
2244 DAY/MONTH
2245 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2246 DAY MONTHNAME
2247 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2248 DAYNAME
2249
2250 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2251 characters with or without a period.")
2252
2253 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2254 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2255 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2256
2257 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2258 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2259 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2260
2261 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2262 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2263 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2264
2265 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2266 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2267 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2268
2269 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2270 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2271 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2272 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2273 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2274 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2275
2276 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2277 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2278 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2279
2280 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2281 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2282 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2283 of the form
2284
2285 #include \"filename\"
2286
2287 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2288 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2289 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2290 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2291 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2292
2293 For example, you could use
2294
2295 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2296 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2297 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2298
2299 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2300 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2301 lexicographic order.")
2302
2303 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2304 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2305 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2306
2307 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2308 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2309 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2310 diary display.
2311
2312 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2313 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2314 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2315 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2316 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2317 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2318 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2319
2320 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2321 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2322 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2323 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2324 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2325 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2326 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2327 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2328
2329 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2330 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2331 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2332 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2333 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2334 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2335
2336 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2337 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2338
2339 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2340 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2341 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2342 of the form
2343 #include \"filename\"
2344 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2345 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2346 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2347 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2348 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2349
2350 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2351 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2352 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2353 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2354 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2355 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2356
2357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2358 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2360 are holidays.")
2361
2362 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2363 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2364 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2365 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2366 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2367
2368 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2369
2370 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2371 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2372 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2373
2374 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2375
2376 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2377 *Oriental holidays.
2378 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2379
2380 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2381
2382 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2383 *Local holidays.
2384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2385
2386 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2387
2388 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2389 *User defined holidays.
2390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2391
2392 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2393
2394 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2395
2396 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2397
2398 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2399
2400 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2401
2402 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2403
2404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2405
2406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2407
2408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2409
2410 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2411 *Jewish holidays.
2412 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2413
2414 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2415
2416 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2417 *Christian holidays.
2418 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2419
2420 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2421
2422 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2423 *Islamic holidays.
2424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2425
2426 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2427
2428 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2429 *Sun-related holidays.
2430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2431
2432 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2433
2434 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2435 The frame set up of the calendar.
2436 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2437 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2438 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2439 any other value the current frame is used.")
2440
2441 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2442 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2443 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2444
2445 ;;;***
2446 \f
2447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15032 34072))
2448 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2449
2450 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2451 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2452
2453 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2454 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2455
2456 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2457 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2458
2459 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2460 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2461
2462 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2463 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2464
2465 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2466 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2467
2468 ;;;***
2469 \f
2470 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2471 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2472 ;;;;;; (15094 21666))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2474
2475 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2476
2477 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2478 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2479 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2480 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2481 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2482 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2483
2484 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2485
2486 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2487 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2488 run first.
2489
2490 Key bindings:
2491 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2494 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2495 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2496 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2497 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2498 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2499 message.
2500
2501 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2502
2503 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2504 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2505 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2506
2507 Key bindings:
2508 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2509
2510 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2511 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2512 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2513 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2514 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2515 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2516 message.
2517
2518 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2519
2520 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2521 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2522 is run first.
2523
2524 Key bindings:
2525 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2528 Major mode for editing Java code.
2529 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2530 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2531 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2532 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2533 message.
2534
2535 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2536
2537 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2538 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2539 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2540 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2541 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2542
2543 Key bindings:
2544 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2545
2546 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2547 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2548 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2549 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2550 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2551 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2552 message.
2553
2554 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2555
2556 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2557 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2558 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2559
2560 Key bindings:
2561 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2562
2563 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2564 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2565 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2566 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2567 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2568 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2569 message.
2570
2571 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2572
2573 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2574 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2575 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2576
2577 Key bindings:
2578 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2579
2580 ;;;***
2581 \f
2582 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2583 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15032 34072))
2584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2585
2586 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2587 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2588 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2589 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2590 for details of setting up styles.
2591
2592 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2593 style name.
2594
2595 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2596 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2597 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2598 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2599 will be reassigned.
2600
2601 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2602 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2603 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2604
2605 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2606 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2607 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2608 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2609
2610 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2611
2612 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2613 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2614 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2617 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2618 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2619 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2620 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2621
2622 ;;;***
2623 \f
2624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15032 34072))
2625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2626
2627 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2628 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2629 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2630 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2631 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2632
2633 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2634 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2635
2636 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2637 `infodock'.")
2638
2639 ;;;***
2640 \f
2641 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2642 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2643 ;;;;;; (15007 28338))
2644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2645
2646 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2647 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2648
2649 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2650 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2651
2652 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2653 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2654
2655 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2656 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2657 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2658 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2659 execution.
2660
2661 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2662
2663 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2664 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2665
2666 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2667 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2668 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2669 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2670
2671 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2672 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2673 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2674 `write' commands.
2675
2676 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2677 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2678 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2679 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2680
2681 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2682 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2683 semantics.
2684
2685 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2686
2687 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2688
2689 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2690
2691 STATEMENT :=
2692 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2693 | TRANSLATE | END
2694
2695 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2696 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2697 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2698 | integer
2699
2700 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2701
2702 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzeor, execute
2703 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2704 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2705
2706 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2707 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2708 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2709
2710 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2711 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2712
2713 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2714 BREAK := (break)
2715
2716 REPEAT :=
2717 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2718 (repeat)
2719 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2720 ;; (repeat))
2721 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2722 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2723 ;; (read REG)
2724 ;; (repeat))
2725 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2726 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2727 ;; (read REG)
2728 ;; (repeat))
2729 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2730
2731 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2732 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2733 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2734 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2735 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2736 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2737 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2738 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2739 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2740 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2741 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2742 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2743 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2744 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2745 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2746 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2747
2748 WRITE :=
2749 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2750 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2751 ;; representation.
2752 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2753 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2754 ;; (write r7))
2755 | (write EXPRESSION)
2756 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2757 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2758 ;; representation.
2759 | (write integer)
2760 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2761 ;; buffer.
2762 | (write string)
2763 ;; Same as: (write string)
2764 | string
2765 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2766 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2767 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2768 ;; representation.
2769 | (write REG ARRAY)
2770 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2771 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2772 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2773 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2774 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2775 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2776
2777 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2778 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2779
2780 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2781 END := (end)
2782
2783 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2784 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2785 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2786
2787 ARG := REG | integer
2788
2789 OPERATOR :=
2790 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2791 + | - | * | / | %
2792
2793 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2794 | & | `|' | ^
2795
2796 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2797 | << | >>
2798
2799 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2800 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2801 | <8
2802
2803 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2804 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2805 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2806 | >8
2807
2808 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2809 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2810 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2811 | //
2812
2813 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2814 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2815
2816 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2817 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2818 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2819 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2820 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2821 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2822 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2823 | de-sjis
2824
2825 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2826 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2827 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2828 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2829 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2830 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2831 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2832 ;; byte of SJIS.
2833 | en-sjis
2834
2835 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2836 ;; Same meaning as C code
2837 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2838
2839 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2840 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2841 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2842 | <8=
2843
2844 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2845 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2846 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2847
2848 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2849 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2850 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2851 | //=
2852
2853 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2854
2855
2856 TRANSLATE :=
2857 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2858 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2859 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2860 MAP :=
2861 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2862 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2863 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2864 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2865 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2866 MAP-ID := integer
2867 " nil (quote macro))
2868
2869 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2870 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2871 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2872 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2873 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2874 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2875
2876 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2877 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2878 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2879
2880 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2881
2882 ;;;***
2883 \f
2884 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2885 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2886 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2887 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2888 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2889 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2890 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2891 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2892 ;;;;;; (15076 5561))
2893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2894
2895 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2896 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2897 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2898 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2901 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2902 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2903 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2904 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2905 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2906 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2907 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2908
2909 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2910 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2911 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2912 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2913 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2914 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2915 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2916 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2917
2918 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2919 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2920 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2921 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2922 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2923
2924 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2925 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2926 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2927 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2928 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2929
2930 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2931 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2932 Only documentation strings are checked.
2933 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2934 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2935 a separate buffer." t nil)
2936
2937 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2938 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2940 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2941 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2942
2943 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2944 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
2945 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2946 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2947 if there is one." t nil)
2948
2949 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2950 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2951 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2952 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2953 if there is one.
2954 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2955
2956 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2957 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2958 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2959
2960 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2961 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2962 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2963 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2964 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2965
2966 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2967 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2968 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2969 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2970 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2971 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2972
2973 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
2974 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
2975 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
2976 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
2977
2978 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2979 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
2980 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
2981 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
2982
2983 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2984 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
2985 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2986 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
2987
2988 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2989 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2990 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
2991 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
2992
2993 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2994 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
2995 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
2996 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
2997
2998 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
2999 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3000 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3001 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3002
3003 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3004 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3005 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3006 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3007
3008 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3009 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3010 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3011 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3012
3013 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3014 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3015 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3016 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3017
3018 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3019 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3020 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3021
3022 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3023 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3024 checking of documentation strings.
3025
3026 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3027
3028 ;;;***
3029 \f
3030 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3031 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (14623
3032 ;;;;;; 45987))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3034
3035 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3036 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3037 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3038
3039 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3040 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3041
3042 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3043 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3044 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3045
3046 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3047 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3048
3049 ;;;***
3050 \f
3051 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3052 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (14883 31905))
3053 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3054
3055 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3056 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3057 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3058 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3059 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3060 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3061
3062 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3063 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3064 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3065 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3066 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3067
3068 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3069
3070 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3071 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3072 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3073 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3074 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3075
3076 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3077 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3078 \\{command-history-map}
3079
3080 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3081 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3082
3083 ;;;***
3084 \f
3085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15012 48294))
3086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3087
3088 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3089 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3090 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3091 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3092 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3093 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3094
3095 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3096 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3097
3098 ;;;***
3099 \f
3100 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3101 ;;;;;; (15069 44485))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3103
3104 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3105
3106 ;;;***
3107 \f
3108 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3109 ;;;;;; (14837 27695))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3111
3112 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3113 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3114 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3115 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3116
3117 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3118 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3119 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3120
3121 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3122 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3123
3124 ;;;***
3125 \f
3126 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (14947
3127 ;;;;;; 16775))
3128 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3129
3130 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3131 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3132 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3133 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3134 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3135 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3136 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3137 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3138
3139 ;;;***
3140 \f
3141 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3142 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3143 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15013 64499))
3144 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3145
3146 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3147 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3148 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3149 ASCII table.
3150
3151 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3152 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3153 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3154 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3155
3156 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3157 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3158 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3159
3160 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3161 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3162 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3163
3164 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3165 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3166 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3167
3168 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3169 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3170
3171 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3172 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3173 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3174
3175 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3176 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3177
3178 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3179 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3180
3181 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3182 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3183 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3184
3185 ;;;***
3186 \f
3187 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3188 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3189 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3190 ;;;;;; (15069 39257))
3191 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3192
3193 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3194 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3195 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3196 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3197 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3198 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3199 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3200 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3201
3202 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3203
3204 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3205 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3206 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3207 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3208 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3209 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3210 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3211 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3212
3213 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3214
3215 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3216 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3217 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3218 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3219 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3220 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3221
3222 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3223 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3224 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3225
3226 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3227
3228 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3229 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3230 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3231
3232 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3233
3234 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3235 Send COMMAND to current process.
3236 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3237 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3238
3239 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3240 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3241 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3242 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3243
3244 ;;;***
3245 \f
3246 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (14777
3247 ;;;;;; 22146))
3248 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3249
3250 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3251 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3252 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3253 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3254
3255 This command pushes the mark in each window
3256 at the prior location of point in that window.
3257 If both windows display the same buffer,
3258 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3259 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3260
3261 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3262 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3263 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3264
3265 ;;;***
3266 \f
3267 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3268 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3269 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3270 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15057 30976))
3271 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3272
3273 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3274 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3275
3276 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3277 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3278
3279 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3280 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3281 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3282 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3283 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3284
3285 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3286 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3287 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3288 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3289 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3290
3291 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3292 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3293 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3294 describing how the process finished.")
3295
3296 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3297 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3298 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3299 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3300
3301 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3302 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3303 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3304
3305 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3306 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3307 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3308 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3309
3310 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3311 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3312 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3313 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3314
3315 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3316 and move to the source code that caused it.
3317
3318 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3319 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3320
3321 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3322 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3323 Then start the next one.
3324
3325 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3326 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3327 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3328
3329 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3330 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3331 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3332 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3333 where grep found matches.
3334
3335 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3336 easily repeat a grep command.
3337
3338 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3339 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3340 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3341 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3342
3343 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3344 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3345 Collect output in a buffer.
3346 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3347 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3348
3349 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3350 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3351
3352 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3353 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3354 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3355 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3356 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3357
3358 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3359
3360 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3361 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3362 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3363 See `compilation-mode'.
3364 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3365
3366 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3367 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3368 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3369 See `compilation-mode'.
3370 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3371
3372 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3373 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3374
3375 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3376 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3377
3378 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3379 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3380 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3381 and start at the first error.
3382
3383 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3384 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3385 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3386 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3387 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3388 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3389
3390 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3391 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3392 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3393
3394 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3395 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3396 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3397
3398 ;;;***
3399 \f
3400 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3401 ;;;;;; (14981 29950))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3403
3404 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3405 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3406 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3408 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3409
3410 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3411
3412 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3413
3414 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3415 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3416 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3417
3418 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3419 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3420 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3421 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3422
3423 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3424 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3425 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3426 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3427
3428 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3429 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3430 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3431 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3432
3433 ;;;***
3434 \f
3435 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3436 ;;;;;; (14777 22150))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3438
3439 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3440 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3441
3442 ;;;***
3443 \f
3444 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3445 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3446 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3447 ;;;;;; (15053 32083))
3448 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3449
3450 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3451 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3452 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3453 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3454 `make-composition'.
3455
3456 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3457
3458 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3459 | | 1:tc or top-center
3460 | | 2:tr or top-right
3461 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3462 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3463 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3464 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3465 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3466 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3467
3468 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3469 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3470 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3471 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3472 be added.
3473
3474 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3475 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3476 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3477
3478 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3479 | | |
3480 | global| |
3481 | glyph | |
3482 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3483 +----+--*--+
3484 | | new |
3485 | |glyph|
3486 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3487 ")
3488
3489 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3490 Compose characters in the current region.
3491
3492 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3493
3494 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3495 specifying the region.
3496
3497 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3498 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3499
3500 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3501 of the text in the region.
3502
3503 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3504
3505 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3506 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3507 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3508 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3509
3510 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3511 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3512 detail.
3513
3514 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3515 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3516 text in the composition." t nil)
3517
3518 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3519 Decompose text in the current region.
3520
3521 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3522 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3523
3524 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3525 Compose characters in string STRING.
3526
3527 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3528 the characters in it.
3529
3530 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3531 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3532 STRING respectively.
3533
3534 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3535 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3536 `compose-region' for more detail.
3537
3538 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3539 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3540 text in the composition." nil nil)
3541
3542 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3543 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3544
3545 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3546 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3547 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3548 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3549 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3550 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3551 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3552 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3553
3554 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3555 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3556
3557 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3558 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3559
3560 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3561 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3562
3563 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3564 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3565
3566 If no composition is found, return nil.
3567
3568 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3569 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3570
3571 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3572 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3573 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3574
3575 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3576
3577 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3578
3579 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3580 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3581 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3582
3583 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3584
3585 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3586
3587 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3588 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3589
3590 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3591 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3592 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3593 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3594 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3595 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3596 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3597 nil.
3598
3599 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3600 is:
3601 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3602 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3603
3604 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3605
3606 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3607 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3608
3609 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3610
3611 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3612 Compose last characters.
3613 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3614 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3615 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3616 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3617 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3618 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3619 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3620 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3621 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3622 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3623 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3624
3625 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3626 Convert CHAR to string.
3627 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3628
3629 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3630 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3631 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3632
3633 ;;;***
3634 \f
3635 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3636 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (14747 44775))
3637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3638
3639 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3640 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3641 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3642
3643 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3644 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3645 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3646
3647 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3648 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3649 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3650 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3651
3652 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3653 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3654
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3658 ;;;;;; (14938 58920))
3659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3660
3661 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3662 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3663 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3664 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3665 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3666 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3667
3668 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3669 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3670
3671 ;;;***
3672 \f
3673 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3674 ;;;;;; (15094 21666))
3675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3676
3677 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3678 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3679 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3680 Tab indents for Perl code.
3681 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3682 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3683
3684 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3685 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3686 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3687 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3688 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3689 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3690 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3691 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3692 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3693 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3694 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3695 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3696
3697 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3698
3699 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3700 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3701
3702 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3703
3704 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3705 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3706 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3707 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3708 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3709 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3710 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3711 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3712 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3713
3714 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3715
3716 bite if angry;
3717
3718 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3719 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3720 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3721 to nil.)
3722
3723 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3724 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3725 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3726
3727 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3728
3729 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3730 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3731 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3732 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3733 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3734
3735 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3736
3737 if (A) { B }
3738
3739 into
3740
3741 B if A;
3742
3743 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3744
3745 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3746 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3747 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3748 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3749 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3750 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3751 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3752 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3753 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3754 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3755 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3756 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3757 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3758
3759 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3760 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3761 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3762 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3763 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3764 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3765
3766 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3767 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3768 man via menu.
3769
3770 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3771 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3772 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3773 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3774 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3775
3776 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3777 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3778 span the needed amount of lines.
3779
3780 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3781 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3782 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3783 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3784
3785 Variables controlling indentation style:
3786 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3787 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3788 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3789 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3790 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3791 `cperl-auto-newline'
3792 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3793 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3794 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3795 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3796 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3797 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3798 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3799 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3800 `cperl-indent-level'
3801 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3802 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3803 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3804 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3805 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3806 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3807 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3808 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3809 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3810 `cperl-brace-offset'
3811 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3812 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3813 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3814 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3815 `cperl-label-offset'
3816 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3817 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3818 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3819
3820 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3821 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3822 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3823 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3824 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3825
3826 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3827 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3828 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3829 \(both available from menu).
3830
3831 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3832 column 0 is indented on
3833 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3834
3835 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3836 with no args.
3837
3838 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3839 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3840 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3841
3842 ;;;***
3843 \f
3844 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3845 ;;;;;; (14726 36009))
3846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3847
3848 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3849 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3850 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3851 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3852 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3853
3854 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3855 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3856
3857 ;;;***
3858 \f
3859 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3860 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3861 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3862
3863 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3864 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3865 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3866 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3867
3868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3869 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3870
3871 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3872
3873 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3874
3875 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3876 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3877 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3878
3879 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3880
3881 ;;;***
3882 \f
3883 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3884 ;;;;;; (14600 36409))
3885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3886
3887 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3888 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3889 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3890 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3891
3892 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3893 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3894 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3895 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3896
3897 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3898 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3899 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3900
3901 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3902 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3903 'bob', and 'eve'.
3904
3905 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3906 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3907 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3908
3909 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3910
3911 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3912 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3913 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3914
3915 ;;;***
3916 \f
3917 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3918 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3919 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3920 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3921 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3922 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3923 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3924 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3925 ;;;;;; (15094 43557))
3926 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3927 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3928
3929 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3930 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3931
3932 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3933 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3934
3935 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3936 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3937
3938 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3939
3940 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3941 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3942
3943 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3944 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3945
3946 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3947 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3948
3949 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3950 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3951
3952 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3953 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3954
3955 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3956
3957 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3958 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3959 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3960 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3961
3962 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3963 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3964
3965 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3966 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3967
3968 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3969 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3970
3971 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3972
3973 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
3974 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
3975 User options are structured into \"groups\".
3976 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
3977 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
3980 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3981
3982 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
3983 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
3984
3985 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
3986
3987 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
3988 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
3989
3990 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
3991 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
3992 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
3993 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
3994 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
3995
3996 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
3997 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
3998 version." t nil)
3999
4000 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4001
4002 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4003 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4004 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4005
4006 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4007 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4008 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4009
4010 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4011 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4012
4013 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4014 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4015
4016 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4017 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4018
4019 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4020 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4021 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4022 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4023 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4024 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4025 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4026
4027 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4028 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4029 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4030
4031 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4032 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4033
4034 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4035 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4036
4037 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4038 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4039 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4040 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4041 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4042 that option." nil nil)
4043
4044 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4045 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4046 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4047 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4048 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4049 that option." nil nil)
4050
4051 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4052 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4053
4054 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4055 File used for storing customization information.
4056 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4057 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4058 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4059
4060 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4061 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4062 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4063 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4064
4065 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4066 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4067
4068 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4069 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4070
4071 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4072 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4073 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4074
4075 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4076 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4077 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4078 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4079 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4080
4081 ;;;***
4082 \f
4083 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4084 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (14883 29489))
4085 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4086
4087 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4088 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4089
4090 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4091 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4092 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4093
4094 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4095
4096 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4097 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4098 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4099
4100 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4101
4102 ;;;***
4103 \f
4104 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4105 ;;;;;; (14909 56659))
4106 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4107
4108 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4109 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4110
4111 ;;;***
4112 \f
4113 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4114 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (14746 24125))
4115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4116
4117 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4118 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4119
4120 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4121 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4122 C++ modes are included.
4123
4124 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4125
4126 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4127 Turn on CWarn mode.
4128
4129 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4130 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4131
4132 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4133 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4134
4135 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4136
4137 ;;;***
4138 \f
4139 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4140 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4141 ;;;;;; (15016 44843))
4142 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4143
4144 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4145 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4146
4147 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4148 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4149
4150 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4151 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4152 For readability, the table is slightly
4153 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4154
4155 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4156 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4157 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4158 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4159 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4160
4161 ;;;***
4162 \f
4163 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4164 ;;;;;; (15094 21666))
4165 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4166
4167 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4168
4169 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4170
4171 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4172 Completion on current word.
4173 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4174 and presents suggestions for completion.
4175
4176 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4177 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4178 completions.
4179
4180 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4181 then it searches *all* buffers.
4182
4183 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4184 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4185
4186 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4187 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4188
4189 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4190 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4191 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4192 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4193 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4194
4195 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4196 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4197
4198 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4199 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4200 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4201
4202 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4203 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4204
4205 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4206
4207 ;;;***
4208 \f
4209 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (14977
4210 ;;;;;; 55829))
4211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4212
4213 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4214 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4215
4216 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4217 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4218 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4219
4220 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4221 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4222 Data lines are not indented.
4223
4224 Key bindings:
4225
4226 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4227 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4228
4229 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4230 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4231 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4232 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4233
4234 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4235
4236 dcl-basic-offset
4237 Extra indentation within blocks.
4238
4239 dcl-continuation-offset
4240 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4241
4242 dcl-margin-offset
4243 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4244
4245 dcl-margin-label-offset
4246 Indentation for a label.
4247
4248 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4249 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4250
4251 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4252 dcl-block-end-regexp
4253 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4254 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4255 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4256 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4257 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4258
4259 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4260 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4261 Two such functions are included in the package:
4262 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4263 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4264
4265 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4266 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4267 One such function is included in the package:
4268 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4269
4270 dcl-tab-always-indent
4271 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4272 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4273 margin.
4274
4275 dcl-electric-characters
4276 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4277 typed.
4278
4279 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4280 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4281 which words trigger electric indentation.
4282
4283 dcl-tempo-comma
4284 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4285 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4286 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4287
4288 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4289 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4290 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4291 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4292
4293 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4294 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4295 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4296 dcl-imenu-label-call
4297 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4298
4299 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4300 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4301 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4302 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4303
4304
4305 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4306
4307 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4308 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4309 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4310 $ i = 1
4311 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4312 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4313 $ label:
4314 $ if i.eq.1
4315 $ then
4316 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4317 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4318 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4319 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4320 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4321 \"lined up with the command line\"
4322 $ type sys$input
4323 Data lines are not indented at all.
4324 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4325 $ endif
4326 $
4327 " t nil)
4328
4329 ;;;***
4330 \f
4331 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4332 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (14763 42852))
4333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4334
4335 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4336
4337 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4338 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4339 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4340 of the evaluator.
4341
4342 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4343 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4344 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4345
4346 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4347 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4348 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4349 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4350 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4351 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4352 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4353
4354 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4355 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4356 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4357
4358 ;;;***
4359 \f
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4361 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
4362 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4363
4364 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4365 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4366
4367 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4368 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4369 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4370 Upper-case letters are commands.
4371
4372 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4373 modify it.
4374
4375 The most useful commands are:
4376 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4377 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4378 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4379 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4380 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4381 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4382
4383 ;;;***
4384 \f
4385 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4386 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (14846
4387 ;;;;;; 45949))
4388 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4389
4390 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4391 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4392
4393 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4394 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4395
4396 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4397
4398 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4399 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4400
4401 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4402
4403 ;;;***
4404 \f
4405 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (14962
4406 ;;;;;; 39487))
4407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4408
4409 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4410 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4411 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4412 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4413 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4414 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4415
4416 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4417
4418 Customization:
4419
4420 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4421 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4422 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4423 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4424 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4425 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4426 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4427 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4428 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4429 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4430 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4431 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4432 blank line.
4433 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4434 Directories to search when finding external units.
4435 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4436 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4437
4438 Coloring:
4439
4440 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4441 Face used to color delphi comments.
4442 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4443 Face used to color delphi strings.
4444 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4445 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4446 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4447 Face used to color everything else.
4448
4449 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4450 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4451
4452 ;;;***
4453 \f
4454 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (14854
4455 ;;;;;; 32221))
4456 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4457
4458 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4459
4460 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4461 Toggle Delete-Selection mode on or off.
4462 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4463 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4464 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4465
4466 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4467
4468 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4469
4470 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4471 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4472 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4473 positive.
4474
4475 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4476 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4477 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4478 any selection." t nil)
4479
4480 ;;;***
4481 \f
4482 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4483 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (14896 40328))
4484 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4485
4486 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4487 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4488
4489 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4490
4491 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4492 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4493 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4494 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4495 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4496 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4497 hooks for the new mode.
4498
4499 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4500
4501 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4502
4503 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4504 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4505 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4506
4507 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4508 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4509
4510 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4511 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4512 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4513
4514 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4515 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4516
4517 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4518 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4519 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4520 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4521 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4522
4523 ;;;***
4524 \f
4525 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4526 ;;;;;; (14823 12922))
4527 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4528
4529 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4530 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4531 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4532
4533 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4534 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4535 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4536 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4537
4538 ;;;***
4539 \f
4540 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4541 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4542 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4543 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4544 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4545 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4546 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4547 ;;;;;; (15016 44843))
4548 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4549
4550 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4551 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4552 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4553
4554 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4555 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4556 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4557
4558 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4559 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4560 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4561 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4562
4563 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4564 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4565 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4566 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4567
4568 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4569 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4570
4571 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4572 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4573 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4574
4575 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4576 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4577
4578 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4579
4580 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4581
4582 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4583
4584 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4585 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4586
4587 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4588
4589 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4590 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4591
4592 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4593
4594 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4595
4596 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4597
4598 ;;;***
4599 \f
4600 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4601 ;;;;;; (15039 13611))
4602 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4603
4604 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4605 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4606 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4607 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4608 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4611 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4612 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4613
4614 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4615 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4616 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4617 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4618
4619 #!/bin/sh
4620 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4621 emacs -batch \\
4622 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4623 european-calendar-style t \\
4624 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4625 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4626 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4627
4628 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4629 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4630 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4631 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4632
4633 ;;;***
4634 \f
4635 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4636 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (14777 22163))
4637 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4638
4639 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4640 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4641
4642 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4643 *The command to use to run diff.")
4644
4645 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4646 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4647 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4648 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4649 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4650
4651 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4652 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4653 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4654 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4655 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4656
4657 ;;;***
4658 \f
4659 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4660 ;;;;;; (15094 21666))
4661 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4662
4663 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4664 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4665 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs.
4666 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
4667 This mode runs `diff-mode-hook'.
4668 \\{diff-mode-map}" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4671 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4672 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4673
4674 ;;;***
4675 \f
4676 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4677 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4678 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4679 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4680 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15089 7969))
4681 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4682
4683 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4684 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4685 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4686 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4687 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4688
4689 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4690 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4691
4692 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4693 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4694 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4695 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4696 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4697
4698 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4699 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4700
4701 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4702 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4703 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4704 always set this variable to t.")
4705
4706 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4707 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4708 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4709 A value of t means move to first file.")
4710
4711 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4712 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4713 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4714 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4715 are afterward marked with that character.")
4716
4717 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4718 *Controls marking of copied files.
4719 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4720 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4721
4722 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4723 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4724 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4725 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4726
4727 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4728 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4729 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4730 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4731
4732 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4733 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4734 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4735 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4736
4737 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4738
4739 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4740 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4741 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4742 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4743
4744 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4745 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4746 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4747 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4748 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4749 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4750 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4751 list of files to make directory entries for.
4752 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4753 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4754 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4755 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4756
4757 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4758 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4759
4760 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4761 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4762 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4763
4764 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4765 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4766
4767 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4768 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4769
4770 ;;;***
4771 \f
4772 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4773 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4774 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4775 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4776 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4777 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4778 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4779 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4780 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4781 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4782 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4783 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4784 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15089 7969))
4785 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4786
4787 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4788 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4789 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4790 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4791 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4792 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4793 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4794
4795 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4796 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4797 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4798 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4799 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4800 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4801
4802 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4803 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4804 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4805
4806 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4807 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4808
4809 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4810 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4811
4812 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4813 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4814 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4815 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4816
4817 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4818 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4819 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4820 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4821 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4822
4823 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4824
4825 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4826 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4827 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4828
4829 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4830 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4831 instead of at the end of the command.
4832
4833 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4834 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4835 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4836
4837 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4838 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4839
4840 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4841 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4842
4843 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4844 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4845 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4846 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4847 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4848 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4849
4850 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4851
4852 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4853 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4854
4855 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4856 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4857
4858 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4859 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4860
4861 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4862 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4863 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4864 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4865
4866 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4867
4868 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4869
4870 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4871
4872 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4873
4874 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4875
4876 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4877 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4878
4879 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4880 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4881 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4882 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4883 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4884 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4885 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4886 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4887 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4888
4889 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4890 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4891 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4892 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4893 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4894 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4895 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4896 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4897
4898 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4899 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4900 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4901 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4902 and new hard links are made in that directory
4903 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4904 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4905 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4906
4907 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4908 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4909 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4910 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
4911 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
4912 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4913
4914 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4915 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4916
4917 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
4918 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
4919 file if none are marked.
4920
4921 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4922 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4923 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4924 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4925
4926 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4927 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4928
4929 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4930 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4931 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4934 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4935 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4936
4937 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4938 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4939 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4940
4941 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4942 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4943
4944 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4945 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4946
4947 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4948 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4949 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4950 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4951 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4952 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4953 this subdirectory.
4954 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4955
4956 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4957 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4958 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4959 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4960 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4961 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4962 this subdirectory.
4963 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4964
4965 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4966 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4967 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4970 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4971 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4972 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
4975 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
4976 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
4977 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
4978
4979 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4980 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
4981 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
4982
4983 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
4984 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
4985
4986 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
4987 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4990 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
4991 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
4992 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
4993
4994 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
4995 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
4996 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
4997 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5000 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5001 Stops when a match is found.
5002 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5005 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5006 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5007 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5008 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5009
5010 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5011 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5012 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5013 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5014
5015 ;;;***
5016 \f
5017 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (14937 32770))
5018 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5019
5020 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5021 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5022 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5023 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5024 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5025 buffer and try again." t nil)
5026
5027 ;;;***
5028 \f
5029 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5030 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5031
5032 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5033 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5034 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5035
5036 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5037
5038 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5039 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5040
5041 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5042 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5043 " nil nil)
5044
5045 ;;;***
5046 \f
5047 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5048 ;;;;;; 9615))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5050
5051 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5052 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5053 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5054 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5055 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5056 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5057
5058 ;;;***
5059 \f
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5061 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5062 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5063 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5064 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (14777 22181))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5066
5067 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5068 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5069
5070 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5071 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5072 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5073 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5074 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5075
5076 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5077 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5078 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5079 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5080 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5081
5082 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5083 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5084
5085 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5086 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5087
5088 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5089 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5090
5091 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5092 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5093
5094 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5095 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5096
5097 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5098 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5099 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5100 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5101
5102 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5103 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5104 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5105 X frame." nil nil)
5106
5107 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5108 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5109
5110 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5111 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5112
5113 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5114 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5115
5116 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5117 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5118 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5119 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5120
5121 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5122 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5123 European character display.
5124
5125 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5126 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5127 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5128 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5129
5130 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5131 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5132 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5133 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5134 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5135
5136 ;;;***
5137 \f
5138 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5139 ;;;;;; (13229 28172))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5141
5142 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5143 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5144 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5145 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5146 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5147 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5148 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5149 Default is 2." t nil)
5150
5151 ;;;***
5152 \f
5153 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (14830 63254))
5154 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5155
5156 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5157 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5158
5159 ;;;***
5160 \f
5161 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5162 ;;;;;; (14777 22183))
5163 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5164
5165 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5166 Toggle Double mode.
5167 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5168 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5169
5170 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5171
5172 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5173
5174 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5175 Toggle Double mode.
5176 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5177
5178 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5179 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5180
5181 ;;;***
5182 \f
5183 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15011 27887))
5184 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5185
5186 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5187 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5188
5189 ;;;***
5190 \f
5191 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5192 ;;;;;; (14855 56553))
5193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5194
5195 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5196 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5197
5198 ;;;***
5199 \f
5200 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5201 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5202 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15071 64603))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5204
5205 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5206
5207 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5208 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5209 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5210 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5211
5212 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5213 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5214 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5215 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5216 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5217 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5218 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5219 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5220 used (see below).
5221
5222 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5223 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5224 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5225 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5226 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5227 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5228 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5229 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5230 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5231
5232 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5233 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5234 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5235 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5236 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5237 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5238
5239 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5240 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5241 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5242 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5243 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5244 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5245 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5246
5247 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5248
5249 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5250 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5251 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5252
5253 ;;;***
5254 \f
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5256 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (14904
5257 ;;;;;; 41629))
5258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5259
5260 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5261
5262 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5263 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5264 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5265 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5266
5267 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5268 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5269
5270 :filter FUNCTION
5271
5272 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5273 menu displayed.
5274
5275 :visible INCLUDE
5276
5277 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5278 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5279
5280 :active ENABLE
5281
5282 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5283 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5284
5285 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5286
5287 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5288
5289 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5290
5291 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5292 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5293
5294 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5295 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5296
5297 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5298
5299 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5300
5301 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5302
5303 :keys KEYS
5304
5305 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5306 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5307 computed automatically.
5308 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5309
5310 :key-sequence KEYS
5311
5312 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5313 menu item.
5314 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5315 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5316 keyboard equivalent.
5317
5318 :active ENABLE
5319
5320 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5321 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5322
5323 :included INCLUDE
5324
5325 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5326 expression has a non-nil value.
5327
5328 :suffix FORM
5329
5330 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5331 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5332
5333 :style STYLE
5334
5335 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5336 defined:
5337
5338 toggle: A checkbox.
5339 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5340 radio: A radio button.
5341 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5342 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5343 menu bar itself.
5344 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5345
5346 :selected SELECTED
5347
5348 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5349 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5350
5351 :help HELP
5352
5353 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5354
5355 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5356 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5357 as a solid horizontal line.
5358
5359 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5360
5361 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5362
5363 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5364 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5365 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5366 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5367
5368 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5369 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5370 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5371 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5372 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5373 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5374
5375 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5376 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5377 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5378
5379 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5380 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5381
5382 ;;;***
5383 \f
5384 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5385 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5386 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5387 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5388 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (14974 35998))
5389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5390
5391 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5392 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5393
5394 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5395 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5396
5397 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5398 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5399 it to the printer.
5400
5401 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5402 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5403 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5404 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5405
5406 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5407 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5408 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5409
5410 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5411 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5412 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5413 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5414
5415 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5416
5417 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5418 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5419 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5420
5421 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5422
5423 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5424 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5425
5426 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5427 The EPS file name has the following form:
5428
5429 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5430
5431 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5432 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5433
5434 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5435 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5436 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5437 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5438
5439 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5440
5441 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5442 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5443
5444 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5445 The EPS file name has the following form:
5446
5447 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5448
5449 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5450 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5451
5452 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5453 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5454 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5455 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5456
5457 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5458
5459 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5460
5461 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5462 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5463
5464 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5465 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5466
5467 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5468 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5469
5470 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5471 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5472
5473 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5474 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5475
5476 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5477 Set STYLE to current style.
5478
5479 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5482 Reset current style.
5483
5484 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5487 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5488
5489 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5490
5491 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5492 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5493
5494 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5495
5496 ;;;***
5497 \f
5498 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5499 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5500 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5501 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5502 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5503 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15076 5771))
5504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5505
5506 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5507 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5508 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5509 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5510 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5511 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5512
5513 Tree mode key bindings:
5514 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5515
5516 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5517 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5518
5519 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5520 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5521 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5522 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5523 completion." t nil)
5524
5525 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5526 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5527 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5528 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5529
5530 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5531 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5532 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5533
5534 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5535 Search for call sites of a member.
5536 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5537 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5538 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5539 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5540
5541 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5542 Move backward in the position stack.
5543 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5544
5545 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5546 Move forward in the position stack.
5547 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5548
5549 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5550 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5551
5552 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5553 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5554
5555 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5556 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5557 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5558 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5559
5560 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5561 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5562
5563 ;;;***
5564 \f
5565 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5566 ;;;;;; (14783 15355))
5567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5568
5569 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5570 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5571 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5572 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5573
5574 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5575 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5576 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5577
5578 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5579 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5580 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5581
5582 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5583
5584 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5585
5586 ;;;***
5587 \f
5588 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5589 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (14777 22184))
5590 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5591
5592 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5593 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5594 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5595
5596 ;;;***
5597 \f
5598 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5599 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (14921 47235))
5600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5601
5602 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5603 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5604 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5605 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5606 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5607
5608 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5609 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5610 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5611 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5612
5613 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5614 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5615 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5616 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5617
5618 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5619 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5620 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5621 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5622
5623 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5624
5625 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5626 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5627 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5628 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5629 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5630
5631 ;;;***
5632 \f
5633 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5634 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5635 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5636 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5637 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5638 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5639 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5640 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5641 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5642 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15029 54049))
5643 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5644
5645 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5646 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5647
5648 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5649 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5650
5651 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5652
5653 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5654
5655 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5656 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5657
5658 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5659
5660 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5661 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5662
5663 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5664
5665 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5666 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5667 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5668 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5669
5670 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5671
5672 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5673 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5674 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5675 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5676
5677 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5678
5679 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5680 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5681 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5682 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5683
5684 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5685
5686 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5687 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5688 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5689 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5690
5691 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5692
5693 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5694 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5695 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5696 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5697 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5698 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5699
5700 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5701 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5702 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5703 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5704
5705 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5706
5707 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5708 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5709 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5710 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5711
5712 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5713
5714 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5715
5716 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5717 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5718 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5719 follows:
5720 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5721 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5722
5723 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5724 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5725 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5726 follows:
5727 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5728 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5729
5730 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5731 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5732 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5733 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5734 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5735
5736 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5737 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5738 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5739 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5740 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5741 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5742
5743 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5744
5745 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5746 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5747
5748 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5749 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5750
5751 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5752
5753 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5754 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5755
5756 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5757 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5758
5759 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5760 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5761 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5762 buffer." t nil)
5763
5764 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5765 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5766 The file is the the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5767 buffer." t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5770 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5771 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5772 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5773
5774 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5775 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5776 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5777 and don't ask the user.
5778 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5779 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5780
5781 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5782 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5783 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5784 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5785 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5786 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5787
5788 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5789
5790 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5791
5792 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5793 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5794 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5795 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5796 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5797
5798 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5799
5800 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5801 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5802 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5803
5804 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5805 Display Ediff's manual.
5806 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5807
5808 ;;;***
5809 \f
5810 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5811 ;;;;;; (14878 17055))
5812 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5813
5814 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5815
5816 ;;;***
5817 \f
5818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (14952 1182))
5819 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5820
5821 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5822
5823 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5824
5825 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5826
5827 ;;;***
5828 \f
5829 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5830 ;;;;;; (14845 20842))
5831 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5832
5833 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5834 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5835
5836 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5837
5838 ;;;***
5839 \f
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5841 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15029 54049))
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5843
5844 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5845 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5846 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5847 which see." t nil)
5848
5849 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5850 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5851 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5852 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5853
5854 ;;;***
5855 \f
5856 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5857 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5858 ;;;;;; (14777 22205))
5859 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5860 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5861
5862 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5863 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5864 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5865
5866 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5867 Edit a keyboard macro.
5868 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5869 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5870 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5871 its command name.
5872 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5875 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5876
5877 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5878 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5879
5880 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5881 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5882 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5883 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5884 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5885 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5886
5887 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5888 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5889 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5890 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5891
5892 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5893 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5894 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5895 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5896 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5897 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5898
5899 ;;;***
5900 \f
5901 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5902 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (14937 48691))
5903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5904
5905 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5906 Set scroll margins.
5907 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5908 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5909
5910 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5911 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5912
5913 ;;;***
5914 \f
5915 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5916 ;;;;;; (15031 23653))
5917 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5918
5919 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5920 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5921 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5922 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5923 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5924 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5925 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5926 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5927
5928 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5929 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5930
5931 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5932 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5933 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5934 this value is non-nil.
5935
5936 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5937 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5938 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5939
5940 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
5941 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
5942 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5943
5944 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5945
5946 ;;;***
5947 \f
5948 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5949 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (14890 7814))
5950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5951
5952 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5953 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5954
5955 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5956 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5957 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5958 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5959 from the documentation string if possible.
5960
5961 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5962 instead.
5963
5964 This variable is buffer-local.")
5965
5966 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5967 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5968
5969 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5970
5971 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5972 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5973 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
5974
5975 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
5976 of the mode.
5977 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
5978 the mode, respectively." t nil)
5979
5980 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5981 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
5982
5983 ;;;***
5984 \f
5985 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (14966
5986 ;;;;;; 38375))
5987 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
5988
5989 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
5990 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
5991
5992 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
5993 an elided material again.
5994
5995 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
5996
5997 ;;;***
5998 \f
5999 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6000 ;;;;;; (13363 2909))
6001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6002
6003 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6004 Initialize elint." t nil)
6005
6006 ;;;***
6007 \f
6008 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6009 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (14849
6010 ;;;;;; 20130))
6011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6012
6013 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6014 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6015 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6016
6017 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6018 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6019 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6020
6021 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6022 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6023 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6024
6025 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6026
6027 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6028 Display current profiling results.
6029 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6030 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6031 displayed." t nil)
6032
6033 ;;;***
6034 \f
6035 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6036 ;;;;;; (15044 17427))
6037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6038
6039 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6040 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6041 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6042
6043 ;;;***
6044 \f
6045 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6046 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6047 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6048 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6049 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (14777 22209))
6050 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6051
6052 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6053
6054 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6055
6056 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6057
6058 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6059
6060 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6061
6062 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6063
6064 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6065
6066 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6067
6068 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6069
6070 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6071 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6072
6073 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6074 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6075
6076 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6077 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6078
6079 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6080 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6081
6082 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6083
6084 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6085
6086 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6087
6088 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6089
6090 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6091 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6092
6093 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6094 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6095
6096 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6097
6098 ;;;***
6099 \f
6100 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6101 ;;;;;; (15053 46708))
6102 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6103
6104 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6105 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6106 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6107
6108 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6109 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6110 automatically.
6111
6112 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6113 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6114 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6115
6116 ;;;***
6117 \f
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6119 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (14885 22378))
6120 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6121
6122 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6123 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6124 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6125 text/enriched format.
6126 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6127
6128 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6129 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6130
6131 Commands:
6132
6133 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6134
6135 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6136
6137 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6138
6139 ;;;***
6140 \f
6141 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15077
6142 ;;;;;; 20758))
6143 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6144
6145 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6146 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6147
6148 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6149
6150 ;;;***
6151 \f
6152 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (14845
6153 ;;;;;; 20873))
6154 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6155
6156 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6157 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6158
6159 ;;;***
6160 \f
6161 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6162 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15077 20758))
6163 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6164
6165 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6166 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6167 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6168 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6169 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6170 will begin. A new session is always created if the the prefix
6171 argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6172
6173 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6174 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6175 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6176
6177 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6178 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6179 The result might be any Lisp object.
6180 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6181 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6182 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6183
6184 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6185 Report a bug in Eshell.
6186 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6187 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6188
6189 ;;;***
6190 \f
6191 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6192 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6193 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6194 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6195 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6196 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6197 ;;;;;; (15023 37099))
6198 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6199
6200 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6201 *File name of tags table.
6202 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6203 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6204 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6205 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6206
6207 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6208 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6209 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6210 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6211
6212 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6213 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6214 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6215 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6216 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6217 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6218
6219 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6220 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6221 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6222 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6223 \(i.e. via customize of auto-compression-mode or by calling the function
6224 auto-compression-mode).")
6225
6226 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6227 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6228 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6229 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6230 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6231
6232 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6233 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6234 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6235 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6236
6237 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6238 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6239 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6240 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6241 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6242
6243 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6244 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6245 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6246 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6247
6248 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6249 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6250 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6251 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6252 file the tag was in." t nil)
6253
6254 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6255 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6256 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6257 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6258 without directory names." nil nil)
6259
6260 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6261 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6262 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6263 but does not select the buffer.
6264 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6265
6266 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6267 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6268 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6269 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6270 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6271
6272 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6273
6274 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6275 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6276 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6277
6278 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6279
6280 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6281 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6282 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6283 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6284
6285 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6286 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6287 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6288 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6289 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6290
6291 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6292
6293 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6294 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6295 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6296
6297 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6298 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6299
6300 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6301 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6302 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6303 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6304 around or before point.
6305
6306 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6307 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6308 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6309 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6310 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6311
6312 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6313
6314 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6315 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6316 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6317
6318 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6319 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6320
6321 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6322 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6323 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6324 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6325 around or before point.
6326
6327 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6328 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6329 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6330 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6331 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6332
6333 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6334
6335 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6336 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6337 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6338
6339 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6340 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6341
6342 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6343 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6344 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6345
6346 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6347 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6348 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6349 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6350 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6351
6352 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6353
6354 A marker representing the point when this command is onvoked is pushed
6355 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6356 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6357
6358 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6359 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6360 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6361
6362 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6363 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6364
6365 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6366 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6367 where they were found." t nil)
6368
6369 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6370 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6371
6372 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6373 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6374 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6375
6376 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6377 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6378
6379 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6380 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6381
6382 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6383 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6384 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6385 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6386
6387 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6388 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6389 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6390 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6391 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6392 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6393
6394 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6395 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6396 Stops when a match is found.
6397 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6398
6399 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6400
6401 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6402 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6403 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6404 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6405 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6406
6407 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6408
6409 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6410 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6411 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6412 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6413 directory specification." t nil)
6414
6415 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6416 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6417
6418 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6419 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6420 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6421 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6422
6423 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6424 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6425 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6426 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6427 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6428
6429 ;;;***
6430 \f
6431 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6432 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6433 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6434 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6435 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6436 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6437 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6438 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15016 44843))
6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6440
6441 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6442
6443 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6444 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6445 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6446 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6447
6448 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6449 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6450 language.
6451
6452 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6453 even if the buffer is read-only.
6454
6455 See also the descriptions of the variables
6456 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6457 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6458
6459 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6460 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6461
6462 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6463 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6464
6465 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6466 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6467 language.
6468
6469 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6470 buffer is read-only.
6471
6472 See also the descriptions of the variables
6473 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6474 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6475
6476 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6477 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6478 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6479
6480 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6481 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6482
6483 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6484 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6485
6486 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6487 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6488
6489 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6490 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6491 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6492 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6493
6494 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6495 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6496 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6497 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6498
6499 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6500 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6501 the primary language.
6502
6503 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6504 buffer is read-only.
6505
6506 See also the descriptions of the variables
6507 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6508 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6509
6510 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6511 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6512 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6513 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6514
6515 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6516 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6517 primary language.
6518
6519 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6520 buffer is read-only.
6521
6522 See also the descriptions of the variables
6523 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6524 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6525
6526 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6527 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6528 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6529
6530 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6531 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6532
6533 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6534 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6535 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6536 3) convert the body into SERA.
6537
6538 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6539
6540 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6541 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6542 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6543
6544 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6545 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6546
6547 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6548 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6549
6550 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6551 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6552 be 1, 2, or 3.
6553
6554 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6555 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6556 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6557
6558 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6559
6560 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6561 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6562
6563 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6564 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6565 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6566
6567 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6568 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6569
6570 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6571 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6572
6573 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6574 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6575
6576 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6577 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6578
6579 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6580 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6581
6582 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6583 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6584
6585 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6586 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6587
6588 ;;;***
6589 \f
6590 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6591 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6592 ;;;;;; (14463 4091))
6593 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6594
6595 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6596 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6597 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6598 server for future sessions." t nil)
6599
6600 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6601 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6602
6603 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6604 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6605
6606 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6607 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6608 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6609 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6610 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6611 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6612 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6613 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6614 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6615 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6616 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6617 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6618
6619 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6620 Display a form to query the directory server.
6621 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6622 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6623
6624 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6625 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6626 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6627
6628 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6629
6630 ;;;***
6631 \f
6632 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6633 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6634 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (14867 31700))
6635 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6636
6637 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6638 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6639
6640 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6641 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6642
6643 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6644 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6645
6646 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6647 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6648
6649 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6650 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6651
6652 ;;;***
6653 \f
6654 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6655 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (14460 59510))
6656 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6657
6658 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6659 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6660 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6661
6662 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6663 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6664
6665 ;;;***
6666 \f
6667 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6668 ;;;;;; (14460 59510))
6669 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6670
6671 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6672 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6673
6674 ;;;***
6675 \f
6676 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6677 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6678 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (14764 3718))
6679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6680
6681 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6682 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6683 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6684
6685 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6686 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6687 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6688 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6689 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6690 executable." t nil)
6691
6692 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6693 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6694 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6695
6696 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6697 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6698 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6699 file modes." nil nil)
6700
6701 ;;;***
6702 \f
6703 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6704 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (14777 22210))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6706
6707 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6708 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6709 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6710 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6711
6712 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6713
6714 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6715 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6716 to generate such functions.
6717
6718 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6719 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6720 beginning of the expanded text.
6721
6722 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6723 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6724 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6725 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6726
6727 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6728
6729 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6730 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6731 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6732
6733 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6734 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6735 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6736 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6737 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6738
6739 ;;;***
6740 \f
6741 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (14969 34760))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6743
6744 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6745 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6746
6747 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6748 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6749 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6750
6751 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6752
6753 Key definitions:
6754 \\{f90-mode-map}
6755
6756 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6757
6758 f90-do-indent
6759 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6760 f90-if-indent
6761 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6762 f90-type-indent
6763 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6764 f90-program-indent
6765 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6766 (default 2)
6767 f90-continuation-indent
6768 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6769 f90-comment-region
6770 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6771 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6772 f90-indented-comment-re
6773 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6774 (default \"!\")
6775 f90-directive-comment-re
6776 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6777 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6778 f90-break-delimiters
6779 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6780 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6781 f90-break-before-delimiters
6782 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6783 (default t)
6784 f90-beginning-ampersand
6785 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6786 f90-smart-end
6787 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6788 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6789 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6790 f90-auto-keyword-case
6791 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6792 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6793 f90-leave-line-no
6794 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6795 f90-startup-message
6796 Set to nil to inhibit message first time F90 mode is used. (default t)
6797 f90-keywords-re
6798 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6799
6800 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6801 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6802
6803 ;;;***
6804 \f
6805 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6806 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6807 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6808 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6809 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (14964 4164))
6810 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6811 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6812 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6813
6814 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6815 Menu keymap for faces.")
6816
6817 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6818
6819 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6820 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6821
6822 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6823
6824 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6825 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6826
6827 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6828
6829 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6830 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6831
6832 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6833
6834 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6835 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6836
6837 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6838
6839 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6840 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6841
6842 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6843
6844 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6845 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6846
6847 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6848
6849 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6850
6851 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6852
6853 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6856 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6857 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6858 will not show through at all will be removed.
6859
6860 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6861
6862 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6863 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6864
6865 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6866 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6867 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6868
6869 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6870 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6871 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6872 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6873 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6874 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6875 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6876 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6877
6878 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6879 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6880 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6881 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6882 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6883 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6884 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6885 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6886
6887 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6888 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6889 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6890 is the menu item's name.
6891
6892 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6893 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6894
6895 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6896 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6897 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6898
6899 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6900 Make the region invisible.
6901 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6902 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6903
6904 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6905 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6906 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6907 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6908
6909 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6910 Make the region unmodifiable.
6911 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6912 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6913
6914 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6915 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6916
6917 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6918 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6919
6920 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6921 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6922 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6923
6924 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6925 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6926
6927 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6928 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6929
6930 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6931 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6932 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6933 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6934 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6935
6936 ;;;***
6937 \f
6938 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6939 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (14477 53252))
6940 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6941
6942 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6943 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6944 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6945 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6946
6947 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6948
6949 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6950 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6951 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6952
6953 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6954 - When you save the file's buffer.
6955 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6956 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6957 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6958 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6959
6960 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6961
6962 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6963 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6964 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6965 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6966
6967 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6968 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6969
6970 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6971
6972 ;;;***
6973 \f
6974 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6975 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6976 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (14962 39487))
6977 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
6978
6979 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
6980 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
6981 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
6982 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
6983
6984 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
6985 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
6988 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
6989 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
6990 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
6991
6992 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
6993 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
6994 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
6995 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
6996 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
6997
6998 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
6999 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7000 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7001 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7002 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7003 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7004 internally by feedmail):
7005
7006 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7007 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7008 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7009 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7010
7011 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7012 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7013 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7014 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7015 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7016
7017 ;;;***
7018 \f
7019 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7020 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (14937 32770))
7021 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7022
7023 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7024 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7025 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7026 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7027 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7028 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7029 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7030
7031 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7032 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7033 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7034 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7035 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7036 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7037 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7038
7039 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7040 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7041
7042 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7043 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7044 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7045 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7046 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7047 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7048
7049 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7050 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7051 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7052 Return value:
7053 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7054 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7055 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7056
7057 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7058 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7059
7060 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7061 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7062
7063 ;;;***
7064 \f
7065 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7066 ;;;;;; (14887 28113))
7067 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7068
7069 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7070 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7071 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7072 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7073 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7074 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7075 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7076 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7077 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7078 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7079
7080 ;;;***
7081 \f
7082 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7083 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (14717 47797))
7084 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7085
7086 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7087 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7088 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7089 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7090 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7091
7092 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7093 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7094 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7095 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7096
7097 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7098 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7099 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7100
7101 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7102
7103 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7104 as the final argument." t nil)
7105
7106 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7107 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7108 and run dired on those files.
7109 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7110 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7111
7112 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7115 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7116 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7117
7118 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7119
7120 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7121
7122 ;;;***
7123 \f
7124 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7125 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7126 ;;;;;; (14746 24125))
7127 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7128
7129 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7130 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7131 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7132
7133 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7134
7135 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7136 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7137 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7138
7139 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7140 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7141
7142 Variables of interest include:
7143
7144 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7145 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7146 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7147
7148 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7149 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7150 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7151
7152 - `ff-ignore-include'
7153 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7154
7155 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7156 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7157
7158 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7159 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7160
7161 - `ff-special-constructs'
7162 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7163 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7164 extracting the filename from that construct.
7165
7166 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7167 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7168
7169 - `ff-search-directories'
7170 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7171 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7172
7173 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7174 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7175
7176 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7177 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7178
7179 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7180 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7181
7182 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7183 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7184
7185 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7186 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7187
7188 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7189 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7190
7191 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7192 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7193
7194 ;;;***
7195 \f
7196 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7197 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7198 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7199 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7200 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7201 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
7202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7203
7204 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7205 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7206
7207 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7208 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7209 not selected.
7210
7211 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7212 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7213 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7214
7215 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7216 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7217
7218 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7219 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7220 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7221 it is one of the current buffers.
7222
7223 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7224 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7225 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7226
7227 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7228 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7229
7230 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7233 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7234
7235 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7238 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7239
7240 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7241 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7242 not selected.
7243
7244 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7245 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7246
7247 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7248 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7249
7250 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7251 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7252 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7253 it is one of the current buffers.
7254
7255 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7256 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7257 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7260 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7261
7262 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7263
7264 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7265 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7266
7267 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7270 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7271 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7272
7273 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7274 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7275
7276 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7277 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7278
7279 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7280 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7281
7282 ;;;***
7283 \f
7284 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7285 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15079 57524))
7286 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7287
7288 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7289 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7290
7291 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7292 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7293
7294 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7295 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7296
7297 ;;;***
7298 \f
7299 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7300 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (14862 37894))
7301 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7302
7303 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7304 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7305
7306 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7307 Display FILE's commentary section.
7308 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7309
7310 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7311 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7312
7313 ;;;***
7314 \f
7315 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7316 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7317 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7318
7319 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7320 Toggle flow control handling.
7321 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7322 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7325 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7326 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7327 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7328 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7329 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7330
7331 ;;;***
7332 \f
7333 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7334 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7335 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15039 24620))
7336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7337
7338 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7339 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7340 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7341
7342 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7343 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7344
7345 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7346
7347 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7348 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7349 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7350 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7351 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7352 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7353
7354 Bindings:
7355 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7356 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7357 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7358
7359 Hooks:
7360 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7361
7362 Remark:
7363 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7364 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7365 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7366
7367 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7368 consider adding:
7369 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7370 in your .emacs file.
7371
7372 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7373
7374 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7375
7376 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7377
7378 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7379 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7380
7381 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7382 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7383
7384 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7385 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7386
7387 ;;;***
7388 \f
7389 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7390 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7391 ;;;;;; (15031 46144))
7392 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7393
7394 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7395 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7398 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7401 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7402
7403 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7404 of two major techniques:
7405
7406 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7407 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7408 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7409
7410 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7411 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7412 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7413 movement commands.
7414
7415 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7416 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7417 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7418 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7419 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7420 mileage may vary).
7421
7422 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7423 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7424
7425 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7426
7427 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7428 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7429 \(This is the default.)
7430
7431 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7432 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7433
7434 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7435 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7436
7437 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7438 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7439
7440 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7441 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7442 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7443 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7444 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7445 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7446
7447 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7448 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7449 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7450
7451 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7452 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7453 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7454
7455 ;;;***
7456 \f
7457 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7458 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7459 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15087 49304))
7460 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7461
7462 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7463
7464 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7465 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7466 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7467 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7468 Lock on.
7469 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7470
7471 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7472
7473 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7474 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7475 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7476 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7477
7478 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7479 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7480
7481 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7482 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7483
7484 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7485
7486 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7487 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7488 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7489
7490 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7491
7492 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7493 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7494 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7495 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7496 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7497 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7498
7499 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7500 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7501
7502 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7503 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7504
7505 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7506 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7507 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7508
7509 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7510 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7511
7512 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7513 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7514 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7515
7516 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7517 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7518 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7519
7520 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7521 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7522
7523 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7524 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7525 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7526 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7527 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7528 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7529 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7530 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7531 end of the current highlighting list.
7532
7533 For example:
7534
7535 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7536 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7537 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7538
7539 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7540 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7541
7542 Note that some modes have specialised support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7543 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7544 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7545
7546 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7547 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7548
7549 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7550 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer." nil nil)
7551
7552 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7553 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7554 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7556 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7557
7558 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7559
7560 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7561
7562 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7563 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7564 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7565 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7566 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7567
7568 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7569 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7570
7571 ;;;***
7572 \f
7573 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7574 ;;;;;; (15002 6910))
7575 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7576
7577 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7578 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7579 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7580 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7581 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7582
7583 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7584 compatibility.
7585
7586 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7587 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7588
7589 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7590
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (14517
7594 ;;;;;; 9680))
7595 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7596
7597 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7598 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7599 \\<message-mode-map>
7600 key binding
7601 --- -------
7602
7603 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7604 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7605 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7606 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7607 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7608 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7609 " t nil)
7610
7611 ;;;***
7612 \f
7613 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7614 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (14977 56580))
7615 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7616
7617 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7618 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7619
7620 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7621 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7622 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7623 C-c < forms-first-record <
7624 C-c > forms-last-record >
7625 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7626 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7627 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7628 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7629 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7630 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7631 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7632 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7633 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7634 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7635 " t nil)
7636
7637 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7638 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7639
7640 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7641 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7642
7643 ;;;***
7644 \f
7645 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7646 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15044 44944))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7648
7649 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7650 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7651 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7652 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7653 with a character in column 6.")
7654
7655 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7656 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7657 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7658 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7659
7660 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7661 Fortran keywords.
7662
7663 Key definitions:
7664 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7665
7666 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7667
7668 `comment-start'
7669 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7670 set this to the string \"!\".
7671 `fortran-do-indent'
7672 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7673 `fortran-if-indent'
7674 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7675 `fortran-structure-indent'
7676 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7677 (default 3)
7678 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7679 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7680 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7681 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7682 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7683 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7684 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7685 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7686 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7687 (for TAB format continuation style).
7688 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7689 indentation for a line of code.
7690 (default 'fixed)
7691 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7692 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7693 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7694 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7695 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7696 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7697 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7698 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7699 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7700 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7701 column 5. (default 1)
7702 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7703 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7704 statements. (default nil)
7705 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7706 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7707 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7708 statement. (default nil)
7709 `fortran-continuation-string'
7710 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7711 line. (default \"$\")
7712 `fortran-comment-region'
7713 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7714 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7715 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7716 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7717 as typed. (default t)
7718 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7719 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7720 (default t)
7721
7722 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7723 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7724
7725 ;;;***
7726 \f
7727 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7728 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15076 8197))
7729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7730
7731 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7732 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7733
7734 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7735 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7736
7737 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7738 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7739
7740 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7741 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7742
7743 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7744 Compile fortune file.
7745
7746 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7747 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7748
7749 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7750 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7751
7752 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7753 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7754 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7755 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7756
7757 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7758 Display a fortune cookie.
7759
7760 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7761 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7762 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7763 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7764
7765 ;;;***
7766 \f
7767 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7768 ;;;;;; (15044 17427))
7769 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7770
7771 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7772 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7773
7774 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7775 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7776
7777 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7778 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7779 function.
7780
7781 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7782 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7783 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7784 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7785 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7786 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7787
7788 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7789 Each keyword should be a string.
7790
7791 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7792 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7793
7794 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7795 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7796 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7797
7798 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7799
7800 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7801
7802 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7803 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7804 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7805 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7806
7807 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7808 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7809
7810 ;;;***
7811 \f
7812 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7813 ;;;;;; (14901 64516))
7814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7815
7816 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7817 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7818 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7819 at places they belong to." t nil)
7820
7821 ;;;***
7822 \f
7823 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7824 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15044 43946))
7825 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7826
7827 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7828 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7829
7830 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7831 Read network news.
7832 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7833 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7834 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7835 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7836 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7837
7838 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7839 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7840
7841 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7842 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7843
7844 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7845 Read network news.
7846 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7847 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7848 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7849
7850 ;;;***
7851 \f
7852 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7853 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7854 ;;;;;; (14862 37895))
7855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7856
7857 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7858 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7859
7860 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7861 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7862
7863 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7864 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7865 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7866 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7867
7868 \(gnus-agentize)
7869
7870 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7871 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7872 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7873
7874 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7875 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7876
7877 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7878
7879 ;;;***
7880 \f
7881 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7882 ;;;;;; (14977 51033))
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7884
7885 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7886 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7887
7888 ;;;***
7889 \f
7890 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7891 ;;;;;; (14896 40329))
7892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7893
7894 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7895 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7896
7897 ;;;***
7898 \f
7899 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7900 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7901 ;;;;;; 37896))
7902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7903
7904 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7905 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7906
7907 Usage:
7908 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7909
7910 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7911 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7912
7913 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7914 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7915
7916 ;;;***
7917 \f
7918 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7919 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (14875 56834))
7920 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7921
7922 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7923 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7924 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7925
7926 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7927 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7928
7929 ;;;***
7930 \f
7931 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7932 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7934
7935 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7936
7937 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7938 Run batched scoring.
7939 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7940
7941 ;;;***
7942 \f
7943 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7944 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (14855 56553))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7946
7947 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7948
7949 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7950 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7951
7952 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7953
7954 ;;;***
7955 \f
7956 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7957 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7958 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
7959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7960
7961 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7962 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7963 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7964 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7965 group parameters.
7966
7967 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7968 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
7969 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
7970 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
7971
7972 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
7973 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
7974 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
7975 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
7976 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
7977 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
7978 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
7979 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
7980 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
7981 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
7982
7983 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7984 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
7985 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
7986
7987 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
7988 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
7989
7990 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7991 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
7992 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
7993
7994 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
7995
7996 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7997 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It
7998 can be embedded into nnmail-split-fancy lists with the SPLIT
7999
8000 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8001
8002 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8003 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8004 existing groups are considered.
8005
8006 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8007 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8008 returned.
8009
8010 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8011 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8012 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8013 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8014 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8015 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8016 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8017 clauses will be generated.
8018
8019 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8020 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8021 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8022 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8023 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8024 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8025
8026 For example, given the following group parameters:
8027
8028 nnml:mail.bar:
8029 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8030 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8031 nnml:mail.foo:
8032 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8033 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8034 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8035 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8036 nnml:mail.others:
8037 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8038
8039 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8040
8041 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8042 \"mail.bar\")
8043 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8044 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8045 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8046
8047 ;;;***
8048 \f
8049 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8050 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8052
8053 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8054 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8055 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8056
8057 ;;;***
8058 \f
8059 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (14915
8060 ;;;;;; 6802))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8062
8063 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8064 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8065 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8066 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8067
8068 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8069
8070 ;;;***
8071 \f
8072 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8073 ;;;;;; (14845 20875))
8074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8075
8076 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8077 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8078 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8079 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8080 part is ignored.
8081
8082 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8083 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8084 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8085
8086 ;;;***
8087 \f
8088 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8089 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8091
8092 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8093 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8094 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8095 for matching on group names.
8096
8097 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8098 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8099
8100 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8101
8102 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8103
8104 ;;;***
8105 \f
8106 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8107 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
8108 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8109
8110 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8111 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8112
8113 ;;;***
8114 \f
8115 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8116 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (14862 37897))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8118
8119 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8120 Unload all Gnus features.
8121 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8122 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8123 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8126 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8127
8128 ;;;***
8129 \f
8130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8131 ;;;;;; (14955 64850))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8133
8134 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8135 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8136
8137 ;;;***
8138 \f
8139 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (14726 36008))
8140 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8141
8142 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8143 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8144 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8145 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8146 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8147
8148 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8149 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8150 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8151
8152 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8153 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8154 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8155
8156 ;;;***
8157 \f
8158 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8159 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15076 156))
8160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8161
8162 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8163 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8164 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8165 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8166 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8167
8168 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8169 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8170 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8171 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8172 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8175 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8176 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8177 or to send e-mail.
8178 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8179
8180 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8181 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8182
8183 ;;;***
8184 \f
8185 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (14959 64907))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8187
8188 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8189 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8190 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8191 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8192 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8193
8194 ;;;***
8195 \f
8196 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8197 ;;;;;; (14961 24345))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8199
8200 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8201 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8202 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8203 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8206 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8207 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8208 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8211 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8212 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8213 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8216 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8217 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8218 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8219
8220 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8221 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8222
8223 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8224 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8225 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8226 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8227
8228 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8229 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8230 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8231 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8232
8233 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8234 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8235 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8236 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8237 between it and it's value." t nil)
8238 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8239
8240 ;;;***
8241 \f
8242 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (14638
8243 ;;;;;; 40782))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8245
8246 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8247 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8248 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8249 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8250
8251 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8252 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8253 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8254 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8255
8256 ;;;***
8257 \f
8258 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8259 ;;;;;; (14539 53714))
8260 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8261
8262 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8263 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8264
8265 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8266 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8267 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8268 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8269
8270 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8273 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8274 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8275 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8276 to be updated." t nil)
8277
8278 ;;;***
8279 \f
8280 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8281 ;;;;;; (14264 39262))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8283
8284 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8285 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8286 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8287 and window listing and describing the options.
8288 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8289 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8290
8291 ;;;***
8292 \f
8293 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8294 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (14518 32866))
8295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8296
8297 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8298 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8299
8300 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8301 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8302
8303 ;;;***
8304 \f
8305 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8306 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15050 55876))
8307 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8308
8309 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8310 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8311 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8312 if the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8313 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8314
8315 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8316 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8317
8318 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8319 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8320 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8321 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8322
8323 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8324 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8325 periods.
8326
8327 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8328 in hexl format.
8329
8330 A sample format:
8331
8332 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8333 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8334 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8335 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8336 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8337 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8338 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8339 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8340 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8341 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8342 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8343 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8344 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8345 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8346 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8347
8348 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8349 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8350 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8351
8352 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8353 also supported.
8354
8355 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8356
8357 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8358 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8359 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8360
8361 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8362 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8363 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8364
8365 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8366 into the buffer at the current point.
8367
8368 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8369 into the buffer at the current point.
8370
8371 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8372 into the buffer at the current point.
8373
8374 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8375
8376 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8377 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8378
8379 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8380
8381 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8382
8383 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8384 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8385 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8386
8387 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8388 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8389 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8390
8391 ;;;***
8392 \f
8393 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8394 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8395 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15020
8396 ;;;;;; 34856))
8397 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8398
8399 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8400
8401 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8402 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8403
8404 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8405
8406 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8407
8408 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8409 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8410
8411 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8412 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8413 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8414 which can be called interactively, are:
8415
8416 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8417 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8418
8419 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8420 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8421 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8422 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8423
8424 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8425 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8426
8427 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8428 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8429
8430 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8431 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8432 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8433 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8434 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8435 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8436
8437 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8438 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8439
8440 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8441 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8442 Hi-lock: FOO
8443 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8444 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8445 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8446 will be read until
8447 Hi-lock: end
8448 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8449
8450 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8451
8452 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8453 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8454
8455 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8456 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8457 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8458 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8459
8460 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8461
8462 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8463 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8464
8465 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8466 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8467 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8468 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8469
8470 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8471
8472 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8473 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8474
8475 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8476 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8477
8478 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8479
8480 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8481 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8482
8483 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8484 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8485 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8486 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8487 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8490 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8491
8492 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8493 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8494 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8495
8496 ;;;***
8497 \f
8498 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8499 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (14745 14843))
8500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8501
8502 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8503 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8504
8505 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8506 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8507 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8508 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8509 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8510 how the hiding is done:
8511
8512 hide-ifdef-env
8513 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8514 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8515 is used.
8516
8517 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8518 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8519 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8520 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8521 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8522
8523 hide-ifdef-lines
8524 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8525 #endif lines when hiding.
8526
8527 hide-ifdef-initially
8528 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8529 is activated.
8530
8531 hide-ifdef-read-only
8532 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8533 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8534
8535 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8536
8537 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8538 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8539
8540 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8541 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8542
8543 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8544 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8545
8546 ;;;***
8547 \f
8548 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8549 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15023 12285))
8550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8551
8552 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8553 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8554
8555 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8556 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8557 Each element has the form
8558 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8559
8560 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8561 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8562
8563 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8564 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8565
8566 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8567 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8568 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8569 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8570 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8571
8572 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8573 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8574
8575 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8576 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8577
8578 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8579 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8580 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8581
8582 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8583 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8584 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8585 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8586 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8587 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8588
8589 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8590 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8591 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8592
8593 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8594 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8595
8596 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8597
8598 Key bindings:
8599 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8600
8601 ;;;***
8602 \f
8603 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8604 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8605 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8606 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (14750 32459))
8607 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8608
8609 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8610
8611 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8612 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8613 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8614
8615 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8616 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8617
8618 Without an argument:
8619 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8620 or passive state as determined by the variable
8621 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8622 and passive state.
8623
8624 With an argument ARG:
8625 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8626 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8627 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8628
8629 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8630 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8631 not displayed in a different face.
8632
8633 Functions:
8634 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8635 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8636 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8637 buffer with the contents of a file
8638 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8639 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8640 various faces.
8641
8642 Hook variables:
8643 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8644 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8645 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8646
8647 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8648 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8649
8650 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8651 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8654 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8655
8656 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8657 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8658 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8659 shown in the last face in the list.
8660
8661 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8662 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8663 buffer to be saved):
8664
8665 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8668 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8669
8670 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8671 and must not be read-only.
8672
8673 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8674 this function is called interactively.
8675
8676 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8677 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8678 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8679
8680 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8681 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8682 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8683
8684 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8685 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8686
8687 When called interactively:
8688 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8689 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8690 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8691 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8692
8693 When called from a program:
8694 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8695 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8696 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8697 - otherwise just turn it on
8698
8699 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8700 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8701 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8702 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8703
8704 ;;;***
8705 \f
8706 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8707 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8708 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8709 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8710 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (14735 57398))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8712
8713 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8714 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8715 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8716 or insert functions in this list.")
8717
8718 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8719 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8720
8721 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8722 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8723
8724 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8725 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8726
8727 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8728 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8729
8730 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8731 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8732 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8733
8734 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8735 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8736 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8737 \(as atoms)")
8738
8739 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8740 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8741 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8742 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8743 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8744
8745 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8746 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8747 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8748 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8749 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8750 expansions.
8751 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8752 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8753 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8754
8755 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8756 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8757 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8758 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8759
8760 ;;;***
8761 \f
8762 ;;;### (autoloads (hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (14932 18342))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8764
8765 (defvar hl-line-mode nil "\
8766 Toggle Hl-Line mode on or off.
8767 See the command `hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8769 use either \\[customize] or the function `hl-line-mode'.")
8770
8771 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8772
8773 (custom-add-load (quote hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8774
8775 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8776 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8777 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8778 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8779 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8780
8781 ;;;***
8782 \f
8783 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8784 ;;;;;; (15039 13500))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8786
8787 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8788 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8789
8790 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8791 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8792
8793 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8798 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8800
8801 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8802 This function is obsolete.
8803 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8804 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8805
8806 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8807 This function is obsolete.
8808 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8809 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8810
8811 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8812 This function is obsolete.
8813 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8814 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8815
8816 ;;;***
8817 \f
8818 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8819 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15049 57897))
8820 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8821
8822 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8823 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8824 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
8825
8826 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8827 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8828 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8829
8830 ;;;***
8831 \f
8832 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8833 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8834
8835 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8836 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8837 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8838 Tab indents for Icon code.
8839 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8840 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8841 \\{icon-mode-map}
8842 Variables controlling indentation style:
8843 icon-tab-always-indent
8844 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8845 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8846 icon-auto-newline
8847 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8848 inserted in Icon code.
8849 icon-indent-level
8850 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8851 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8852 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8853 icon-continued-statement-offset
8854 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8855 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8856 icon-continued-brace-offset
8857 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8858 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8859 icon-brace-offset
8860 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8861 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8862 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8863 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8864
8865 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8866 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8867
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8871 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8873
8874 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8875 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8876 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8877 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8878
8879 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8880 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8881 separate frames.
8882
8883 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8884
8885 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8886 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8887 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8888
8889 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8890
8891 ;;;***
8892 \f
8893 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8894 ;;;;;; (14912 33400))
8895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8896
8897 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8898 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8899
8900 The main features of this mode are
8901
8902 1. Indentation and Formatting
8903 --------------------------
8904 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8905 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8906
8907 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8908 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8909 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8910 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8911
8912 Comments are indented as follows:
8913
8914 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8915 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8916 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8917
8918 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8919
8920 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8921 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8922 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8923 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8924 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8925
8926 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8927 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8928 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8929
8930 2. Routine Info
8931 ------------
8932 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8933 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8934 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8935 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8936 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8937 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8938 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8939
8940 3. Online IDL Help
8941 ---------------
8942 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8943 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8944 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8945 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8946 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8947
8948 4. Completion
8949 ----------
8950 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8951 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8952 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8953 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8954 mixed or upper case.
8955
8956 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
8957 --------------------------------
8958 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
8959 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
8960
8961 \\pr PROCEDURE template
8962 \\fu FUNCTION template
8963 \\c CASE statement template
8964 \\sw SWITCH statement template
8965 \\f FOR loop template
8966 \\r REPEAT Loop template
8967 \\w WHILE loop template
8968 \\i IF statement template
8969 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
8970 \\b BEGIN
8971
8972 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
8973 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
8974
8975 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
8976 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
8977 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
8978
8979 6. Automatic Case Conversion
8980 -------------------------
8981 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
8982 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
8983
8984 7. Automatic END completion
8985 ------------------------
8986 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
8987 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
8988
8989 8. Hooks
8990 -----
8991 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
8992 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
8993
8994 9. Documentation and Customization
8995 -------------------------------
8996 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
8997 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
8998 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
8999 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9000 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9001
9002 10.Keybindings
9003 -----------
9004 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9005 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9006 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9007
9008 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (14821 31346))
9013 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9014 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9015
9016 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9017 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9018 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9019
9020 ;;;***
9021 \f
9022 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9023 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9024 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15041 56164))
9025 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9026
9027 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9028 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9029 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9030 be determined." nil nil)
9031
9032 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9033 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9034 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9035 be determined." nil nil)
9036
9037 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9038 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9039 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9040
9041 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9042 Create an image.
9043 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9044 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9045 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9046 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9047 use its file extension as image type.
9048 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9049 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9050 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9051 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9052
9053 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9054 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9055 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9056 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9057 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9058 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9059 POS may be an integer or marker.
9060 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9061 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9062 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9063 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9064
9065 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9066 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9067 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9068 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9069 defaulted if you omit it.
9070 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9071 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9072 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9073 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9074
9075 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9076 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9077 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9078 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9079
9080 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9081 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9082
9083 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9084
9085 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9086 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9087 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9088 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9089 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9090 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9091 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9092 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9093 satisfied.
9094
9095 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9096
9097 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9098 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9099
9100 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9101 documentation string.
9102
9103 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9104 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9105 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9106 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9107 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9108 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9109 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9110 define SYMBOL.
9111
9112 Example:
9113
9114 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9115 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9116
9117 ;;;***
9118 \f
9119 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9120 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9121 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (14994 15539))
9122 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9123
9124 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9125 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9126 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9127 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9128
9129 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9130 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9131 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9132 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9133
9134 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9135 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9136 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9137 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9138
9139 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9140 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9141 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9142 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9143
9144 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9145 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9146
9147 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9148 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9149 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9150 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9151
9152 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9153 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9154 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9156 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9157
9158 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9159
9160 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9161
9162 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9163 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9164 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9165 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9166
9167 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9168 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9169 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9174 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15015 19821))
9175 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9176
9177 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9178 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9179
9180 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9181
9182 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9183 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9184 in the buffer.
9185
9186 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9187
9188 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9189 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9190 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9191
9192 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9193 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9194
9195 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9196 to create a buffer index.
9197
9198 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9199 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9200 or like this:
9201 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9202 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9203 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9204 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9205 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9206
9207 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9208 entries are not nested.
9209
9210 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9211 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9212 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9213 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9214
9215 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9216 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9217
9218 The variable is buffer-local.
9219
9220 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9221 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9222 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9223
9224 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9225 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9226 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9227 during matching.")
9228
9229 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9230
9231 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9232 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9233
9234 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9235 of the current buffer as an alist.
9236
9237 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9238 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9239 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9240 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9241 if it is a sub-alist.
9242
9243 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9244
9245 The variable is buffer-local.")
9246
9247 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9248
9249 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9250 Function for finding the next index position.
9251
9252 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9253 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9254 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9255 file.
9256
9257 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9258 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9259
9260 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9261
9262 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9263
9264 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9265 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9266
9267 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9268 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9269 It should return the name for that index item.
9270
9271 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9272
9273 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9274
9275 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9276 Function to compare string with index item.
9277
9278 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9279 non-nil if they match.
9280
9281 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9282 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9283 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9284 arguments match\".
9285
9286 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9287
9288 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9289
9290 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9291 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9292 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9293
9294 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9295
9296 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9297
9298 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9299
9300 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9301 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9302 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9303 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9304
9305 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9306 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9307
9308 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9309
9310 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9311 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9312 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9313 for more information." t nil)
9314
9315 ;;;***
9316 \f
9317 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9318 ;;;;;; (14821 31354))
9319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9320
9321 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9322 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9323 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9324 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9325 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9326
9327 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9328 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9329
9330 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9331 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9332 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9333 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9334 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9335 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9336 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9337 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9338
9339 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9340 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9341 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9342 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9343 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9344
9345 This variable is only used if the variable
9346 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9347
9348 More precise choices:
9349 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9350 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9351 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9352
9353 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9354
9355 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9356 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9357
9358 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9359 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9360 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9361 to that buffer.
9362 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9363 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9364 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9365 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9366 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9367
9368 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9369
9370 ;;;***
9371 \f
9372 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9373 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9374 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15079 57524))
9375 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9376
9377 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9378 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9379 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9380
9381 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9382 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9383 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9384 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9385 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9386 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9387
9388 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9389 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9390
9391 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9392 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9393 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9394
9395 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9396 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9397 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9398 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9399
9400 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9401 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9402
9403 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9404 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9405 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9406 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9407 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9408
9409 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9410 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9411 KEY is a string.
9412 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9413 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9414 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9415 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9416
9417 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9418 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9419 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9420
9421 ;;;***
9422 \f
9423 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9424 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9425 ;;;;;; (15013 64496))
9426 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9427
9428 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9429 Throw away all cached data.
9430 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9431 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9432 system." t nil)
9433
9434 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9435 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9436 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9437 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9438 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9439 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9440
9441 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9442
9443 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9444 Display the documentation of a file.
9445 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9446 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9447 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9448 The default file name is the one found at point.
9449
9450 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9451
9452 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9453 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9454
9455 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9456 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9457
9458 ;;;***
9459 \f
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9461 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (14281 34724))
9462 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9463
9464 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9465 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9466
9467 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9468 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9469 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9470
9471 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9472 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9473 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9474
9475 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9476 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9477 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9478 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9479
9480 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9481 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9482 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9483
9484 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9485 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9486 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9487 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9488 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9489
9490 ;;;***
9491 \f
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9493 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9494 ;;;;;; (14837 20776))
9495 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9496
9497 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9498 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9499
9500 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9501 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9502
9503 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9504
9505 ;;;***
9506 \f
9507 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9508 ;;;;;; (14388 11031))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9510
9511 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9512 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9513 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9514 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9515 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9516 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9517
9518 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9519 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9520
9521 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9522 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9523 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9524 \"s gives German sharp s.
9525 /a gives a with ring.
9526 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9527 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9528 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9529 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9530
9531 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9532 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9533
9534 ;;;***
9535 \f
9536 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9537 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9538 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9539 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (14913 56005))
9540 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9541
9542 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9543 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9544 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9545 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9546
9547 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9548 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9549 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9550 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9551
9552 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9553 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9554 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9555 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9556
9557 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9558 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9559 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9560 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9561
9562 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9563 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9564 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9565 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9568 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9569 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9570 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9571
9572 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9573 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9574 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9575 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9576
9577 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9578 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9579 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9580 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9581
9582 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9583 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9584 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9585 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9586
9587 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9588 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9589
9590 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9591 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9592
9593 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9594 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9595
9596 ;;;***
9597 \f
9598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9599 ;;;;;; (14716 1570))
9600 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9601 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9602 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9603 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9604
9605 ;;;***
9606 \f
9607 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9608 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9609 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9610 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9611 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9612 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15089 7969))
9613 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9614
9615 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9616 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9617
9618 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9619 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9620
9621 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9622 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9623
9624 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9625 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9626 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9627 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9628
9629 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9630 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9631 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9632
9633 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9634
9635 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9636
9637 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9638
9639 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
9640
9641 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2))))
9642
9643 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9644
9645 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9646 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9647
9648 Each element of this list is also a list:
9649
9650 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9651 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9652
9653 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9654 nil means the default dictionary.
9655
9656 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9657 word.
9658
9659 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9660
9661 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9662 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9663 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9664 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9665 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9666 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9667 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9668 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9669 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9670
9671 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9672 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9673 single word.
9674
9675 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9676 subprocess.
9677
9678 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9679 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9680 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9681 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9682 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9683 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9684 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9685 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9686
9687 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9688
9689 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9690 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9691 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9692
9693 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9694 Key map for ispell menu.")
9695
9696 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9697 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9698 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9699 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9700
9701 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9702
9703 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9704
9705 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9706
9707 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9708
9709 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9710
9711 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9712 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9713 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9714 Valid forms include:
9715 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9716 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9717 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9718 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9719
9720 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9721 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9722 First list is used raw.
9723 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9724
9725 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9726 for skipping in latex mode.")
9727
9728 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9729
9730 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9731 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9732 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9733 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9734
9735 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9736 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9737 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9738 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9739 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9740
9741 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9742 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9743
9744 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9745
9746 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9747 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9748
9749 return values:
9750 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9751 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9752 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9753 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9754 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9755
9756 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
9757 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
9758 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
9759
9760 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9761 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9762
9763 Selections are:
9764
9765 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9766 SPC: Accept word this time.
9767 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9768 `a': Accept word for this session.
9769 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9770 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9771 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9772 `?': Show these commands.
9773 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9774 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9775 the aborted check to be completed later.
9776 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9777 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9778 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9779 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9780 `C-l': redraws screen
9781 `C-r': recursive edit
9782 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9783
9784 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9785 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9786 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9787
9788 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9789 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9790 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9791
9792 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9793
9794 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9797 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9798 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9799 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9800
9801 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9802 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9803
9804 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9805 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9806
9807 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9808 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9811 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9812 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9813 sequence inside of a word.
9814
9815 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9818 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9819
9820 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9821 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9822 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9823 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9824
9825 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9826 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9827 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9828 available on the net." t nil)
9829
9830 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9831 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9832 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9833
9834 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9835 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9836
9837 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9838 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9839
9840 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9841 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9842 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9843 Don't check included messages.
9844
9845 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9846 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9847 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9848
9849 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9850 in your .emacs file:
9851 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9852 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9853 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9854 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9855
9856 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9857 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9858 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9859
9860 ;;;***
9861 \f
9862 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9863 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9864 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9865 ;;;;;; (14960 24088))
9866 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9867
9868 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9869 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9871 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9872
9873 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9874
9875 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9876
9877 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9878 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9879 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9880 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9881 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9882 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9883
9884 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9885 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9886 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9887 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9888
9889 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9890
9891 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9892 Switch to another buffer.
9893
9894 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9895 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9896 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9897 in another frame.
9898 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9899
9900 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9901 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9902 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9903 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9904
9905 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9906 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9907 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9908 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9911 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9912 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9913 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9914
9915 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9916 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9917 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9918 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9919 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9920
9921 ;;;***
9922 \f
9923 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9924 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9925 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9926 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15016 44843))
9927 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9928
9929 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9930
9931 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9932 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9933 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9934 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9935 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9936 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9937 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9938 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9939
9940 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9941 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9942 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9943 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9944
9945 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9946 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9947 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9948 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9949 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9952 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9953 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9954 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9955
9956 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
9957 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
9958 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
9959 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
9960
9961 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
9962 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
9963
9964 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9965 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
9966 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9967 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9968 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
9969
9970 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
9971 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
9972 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
9973 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
9974 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
9975
9976 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
9977 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
9978 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
9979
9980 ;;;***
9981 \f
9982 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15024
9983 ;;;;;; 38245))
9984 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
9985
9986 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
9987 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
9988 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
9989 that needs to be (re)fontified.
9990 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
9991
9992 ;;;***
9993 \f
9994 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
9995 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (14913 56004))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
9997
9998 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
9999 Toggle Auto-Compression mode on or off.
10000 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10001 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10002 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10003
10004 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10005
10006 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10007
10008 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10009 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10010 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10011 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10012
10013 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10014 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10015
10016 ;;;***
10017 \f
10018 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10019 ;;;;;; (13866 35434))
10020 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10021
10022 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10023 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10024 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10025
10026 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10027 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10028 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10029 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10030 shorter.
10031
10032 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10033 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10034 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10035
10036 ;;;***
10037 \f
10038 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15040
10039 ;;;;;; 18770))
10040 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10041
10042 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10043 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10044 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10045 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10046 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10047 positions that contains the current selection.")
10048
10049 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10050 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10051 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10052 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10053 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10054 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10055 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10056
10057 ;;;***
10058 \f
10059 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10060 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (14623 45991))
10061 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10062
10063 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10064 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10065 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10066
10067 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10068
10069 ;;;***
10070 \f
10071 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10072 ;;;;;; (14914 11282))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10074
10075 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10076
10077 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10078 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10079
10080 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10081
10082 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10083 Start or resume an Lm game.
10084 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10085 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10086
10087 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10088 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10089 none / 1 | yes | no
10090 2 | yes | yes
10091 3 | no | yes
10092 4 | no | no
10093
10094 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10095 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10096 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10097
10098 ;;;***
10099 \f
10100 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
10101 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
10102 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15016 44843))
10103 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10104
10105 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10106
10107 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10108 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10109 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10110 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10111 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10112 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10113
10114 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10115 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10116
10117 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10118 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10119
10120 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10121 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10122 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10123 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10124 to compose.
10125
10126 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10127
10128 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10129
10130 ;;;***
10131 \f
10132 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10133 ;;;;;; (15038 62392))
10134 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10135
10136 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10137 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10138 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10139 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10140 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10141 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10142 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10143 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10144
10145 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10146 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10147
10148 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10149
10150 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10151
10152 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10153 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10154 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10155 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10156 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10157
10158 ;;;***
10159 \f
10160 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10161 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15002 21682))
10162 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10163
10164 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10165 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10166 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10167 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10168
10169 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10170
10171 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10172
10173 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10174 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10175 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10176 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10177 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10178 for large buffers.
10179
10180 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10181 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10182 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10183 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10184 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10185
10186 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10187 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10188 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10189 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10190 slow to keep up with your typing.
10191
10192 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10193 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10194 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10195 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10196 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10197 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10198
10199 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10200 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10201 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10202 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10203
10204 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10205 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10206 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10207 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10208
10209 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10210 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10211 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10212 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10213 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10214
10215 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10216 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10217
10218 ;;;***
10219 \f
10220 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10221 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
10222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10223
10224 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10225 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10226
10227 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10228 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10229
10230 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10231 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10232
10233 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10234 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10235 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10236 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10237 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10238 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10239 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10240 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10241 and transmit saved text.
10242 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10243 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10244 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10245
10246 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10247
10248 ;;;***
10249 \f
10250 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64668))
10251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10252
10253 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10254 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10255 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10256 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10257 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10258
10259 ;;;***
10260 \f
10261 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10262 ;;;;;; 14322))
10263 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10264
10265 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10266 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10267 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10268 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10269
10270 ;;;***
10271 \f
10272 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10273 ;;;;;; (14763 31121))
10274 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10275
10276 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10277 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10278 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10279
10280 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10281 Run the locate command with a filter.
10282
10283 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10284 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10285
10286 ;;;***
10287 \f
10288 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15013 64496))
10289 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10290
10291 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10292 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10293 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10294 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10295 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10296 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10297 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10298 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10299 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10300 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10301 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10302 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10303 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10304
10305 ;;;***
10306 \f
10307 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (14909
10308 ;;;;;; 56659))
10309 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10310
10311 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10312 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10313
10314 ;;;***
10315 \f
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10317 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15004
10318 ;;;;;; 64944))
10319 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10320
10321 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10322
10323 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10324
10325 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10326 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10327 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10328
10329 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10330 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10331
10332 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10333 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10334 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10335 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10336 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10337 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10338 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10339
10340 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10341 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10342 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10343 switch on this list.
10344 See `lpr-command'.")
10345
10346 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10347 *Name of program for printing a file.
10348
10349 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10350 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10351 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10352 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10353 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10354 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10355 argument.")
10356
10357 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10358 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10359 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10360 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10361
10362 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10363 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10364
10365 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10366 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10367 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10368 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10369
10370 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10371 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10372
10373 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10374 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10377 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10378 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10379 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10380
10381 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10382 Paginate and print the region contents.
10383
10384 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10385 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10386 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10387 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10388
10389 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10390 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10391
10392 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10393 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10394
10395 ;;;***
10396 \f
10397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15068 4482))
10398 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10399
10400 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10401
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (13462
10405 ;;;;;; 53924))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10407
10408 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10409 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10410 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10411
10412 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10413
10414 ;;;***
10415 \f
10416 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (14718
10417 ;;;;;; 57758))
10418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10419
10420 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10421 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10422 \\{m4-mode-map}
10423 " t nil)
10424
10425 ;;;***
10426 \f
10427 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10428 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (14856 15551))
10429 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10430
10431 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10432 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10433 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10434 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10435 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10438 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10439 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10440 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10441
10442 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10443 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10444 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10445 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10446 bindings.
10447
10448 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10449 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10450
10451 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10452 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10453 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10454 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10455 each time the macro executes.
10456 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10457 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10458 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10459 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10460 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10461 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10462 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10465 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10466 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10467
10468 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10469 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10470 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10471 execute.
10472
10473 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10474 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10475
10476 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10477 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10478 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10479 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10480 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10481
10482 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10483 looked like this:
10484
10485 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10486 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10487 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10488
10489 You could enter the names in this format:
10490
10491 foo
10492 bar
10493 baz
10494
10495 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10496
10497 \\C-x (
10498 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10499 \\C-x )
10500
10501 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10502 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10503 " t nil)
10504 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10505
10506 ;;;***
10507 \f
10508 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10509 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15049 36365))
10510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10511
10512 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10513 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10514 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10515 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10516
10517 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10518 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10519 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10520 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10521 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10522
10523 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10524 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10525 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10526 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10527
10528 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10529 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10530
10531 ;;;***
10532 \f
10533 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10534 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10535 ;;;;;; (14932 18342))
10536 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10537
10538 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10539 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10540
10541 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10542
10543 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10544 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10545
10546 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10547 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10548 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10549 message.
10550
10551 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10552
10553 ;;;***
10554 \f
10555 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10556 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10557 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (14799
10558 ;;;;;; 27006))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10560
10561 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10562 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10563 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10564 often correct parser.")
10565
10566 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10567
10568 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10569 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10570 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10571 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10572
10573 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10574 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10575 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10576 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10577
10578 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10579 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10580 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10581 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10582
10583 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10584 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10585 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10586 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10587 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10588 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10589
10590 ;;;***
10591 \f
10592 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10593 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (14924 33104))
10594 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10595
10596 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10597 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10598
10599 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10600 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10601 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10602
10603 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10604 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10605 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10606
10607 ;;;***
10608 \f
10609 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10610 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (13996
10611 ;;;;;; 15646))
10612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10613
10614 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10615 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10616 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10617 king@grassland.com
10618 If `parens', they look like:
10619 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10620 If `angles', they look like:
10621 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10622
10623 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10624 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10625 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10626 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10627 their `Resent-' variants.
10628
10629 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10630 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10631
10632 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10633 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10634 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10635
10636 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10637 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10638 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10639 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10640
10641 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10642 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10643 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10644 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10645
10646 ;;;***
10647 \f
10648 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10649 ;;;;;; (15079 57524))
10650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10651
10652 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10653 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10654 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10655
10656 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10657
10658 In the browser, use the following keys:
10659
10660 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10661
10662 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10663
10664 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10665 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10666
10667 makefile-target-colon:
10668 The string that gets appended to all target names
10669 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10670 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10671
10672 makefile-macro-assign:
10673 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10674 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10675 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10676 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10677 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10678 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10679
10680 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10681 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10682 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10683
10684 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10685 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10686
10687 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10688 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10689 up or down in the browser.
10690
10691 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10692 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10693
10694 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10695 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10696
10697 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10698 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10699 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10700 has been selected in the browser.
10701
10702 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10703 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10704 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10705 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10706 filenames are omitted.
10707
10708 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10709 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10710 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10711 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10712 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10713 the backslash itself intact.
10714 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10715 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10716
10717 makefile-browser-hook:
10718 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10719 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10720
10721 makefile-special-targets-list:
10722 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10723 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10724 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10725
10726 ;;;***
10727 \f
10728 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10729 ;;;;;; 28917))
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10731
10732 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10733 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10734 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10735
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15013 64496))
10739 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10740
10741 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10742
10743 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10744 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10745 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10746 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10747 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10748 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10749 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10750
10751 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10752 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry." t nil)
10753
10754 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10755 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10756
10757 ;;;***
10758 \f
10759 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10760 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10761 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-forward message-recover
10762 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10763 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10764 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10765 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10766 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10767 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15029 54050))
10768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10769
10770 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10771 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10772
10773 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10774 king@grassland.com
10775 If `parens', they look like:
10776 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10777 If `angles', they look like:
10778 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10779
10780 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10781 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10782
10783 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10784 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10785
10786 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10787 *Local news organization file.")
10788
10789 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10790 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10791 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10792 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10793
10794 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10795 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10796 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10797
10798 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10799
10800 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10801 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10802
10803 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10804 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10805
10806 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10807 *Function for citing an original message.
10808 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10809 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10810 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10811
10812 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10813 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10814 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10815 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10816 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10817
10818 (defvar message-signature t "\
10819 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10820 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10821 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10822 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10823
10824 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10825 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
10826 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
10827 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
10828
10829 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10830
10831 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10832 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10833 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10834 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10835 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10836 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10837 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10838 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10839 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10840 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10841 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10842 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10843 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10844 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10845 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10846 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10847 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10848 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10849 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10850 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10851 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10852 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10853 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10854 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10855 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10856
10857 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10858 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10859 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10860
10861 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10862 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10863
10864 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10865 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10866
10867 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10868 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10869
10870 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10871 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10872 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10875 Cancel an article you posted.
10876 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10877
10878 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10879 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10880 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10881 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10882
10883 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10884 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10885
10886 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10887 Forward the current message via mail.
10888 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10889 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10892 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10893
10894 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10895 Re-mail the current message.
10896 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10897 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10898 you." t nil)
10899
10900 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10901 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10902
10903 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10904 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10905
10906 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10907 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10908
10909 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10910 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10913 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10914 Works by overstriking characters.
10915 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10916 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10917
10918 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10919 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10920 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10921 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10922
10923 ;;;***
10924 \f
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10926 ;;;;;; (13549 39401))
10927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10928
10929 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10930 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10931 Special commands:
10932 \\{meta-mode-map}
10933
10934 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10935 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10936
10937 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10938 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10939 Special commands:
10940 \\{meta-mode-map}
10941
10942 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10943 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10944
10945 ;;;***
10946 \f
10947 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
10948 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
10949 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
10950 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
10951
10952 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
10953 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10954 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10955
10956 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
10957 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
10958 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10959 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10960 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10961 redisplayed as output is inserted.
10962 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
10963
10964 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
10965 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
10966 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10967 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10968 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10969 means current).
10970 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10971 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
10974 Process current region through 'metamail'.
10975 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
10976 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
10977 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
10978 means current).
10979 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
10980 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
10981
10982 ;;;***
10983 \f
10984 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
10985 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (14977 57823))
10986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
10987
10988 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
10989 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
10990 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10991 to the MH mail system.
10992
10993 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
10994
10995 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
10996 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
10997 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
10998 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
10999 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11000 that want to create a mail buffer.
11001 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11002
11003 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11004 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11005 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11006 to the MH mail system.
11007
11008 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11009
11010 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11011 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11012 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11013 using the MH mail handling system.
11014 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11015 messages.
11016
11017 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11018
11019 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11020
11021 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11022 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11023 the yanked message.
11024
11025 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11026 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11027 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11028 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11029 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11030
11031 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11032 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11033 inserted in a draft letter.
11034
11035 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11036 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11037
11038 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11039
11040 ;;;***
11041 \f
11042 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (14849
11043 ;;;;;; 24610))
11044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11045
11046 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11047 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11048 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11049 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11050
11051 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11052 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11053
11054 ;;;***
11055 \f
11056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (13833 28022))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11058
11059 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11060 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11061
11062 ;;;***
11063 \f
11064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15050 55877))
11065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11066
11067 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11068
11069 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11070
11071 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11072
11073 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11074
11075 ;;;***
11076 \f
11077 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11078 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (14720 22609))
11079 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11080
11081 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11082 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11083 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11084 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11085 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11086 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11087 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11088 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11089 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11090 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11091 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11092
11093 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11094 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11095 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11096 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11097
11098 ;;;***
11099 \f
11100 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11101 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (14897 44787))
11102 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11103
11104 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11105 Toggle Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode on or off.
11106 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11107 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11108 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11109
11110 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11111
11112 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11113
11114 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11115 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11116 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11117 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11118 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11119 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11120 default indication.
11121
11122 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11123 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11124
11125 ;;;***
11126 \f
11127 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11128 ;;;;;; (14660 49410))
11129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11130
11131 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11132 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11133
11134 ;;;***
11135 \f
11136 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11137 ;;;;;; (14854 32223))
11138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11139
11140 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11141 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11142 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11143 the entire message.
11144 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11145
11146 ;;;***
11147 \f
11148 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11149 ;;;;;; (13552 32940))
11150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11151
11152 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11153 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11154 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11155 followed by the first character of the construct.
11156 \\<m2-mode-map>
11157 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11158 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11159 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11160 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11161 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11162 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11163 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11164 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11165 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11166 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11167 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11168 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11169 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11170 \\[m2-link] link
11171
11172 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11173 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11174 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11175
11176 ;;;***
11177 \f
11178 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11179 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
11180 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11181
11182 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11183 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11184
11185 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11186 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11187
11188 ;;;***
11189 \f
11190 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (14736
11191 ;;;;;; 21062))
11192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11193
11194 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11195 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11196 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11197 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11198
11199 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11200
11201 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11202
11203 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11204
11205 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11206 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11207 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11208 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11209 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11210 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11211
11212 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11213 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11214 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11215 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11216 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11217
11218 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11219 the mouse position (or point, if mouse-yank-at-point is non-nil).
11220
11221 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11222 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11223
11224 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11225
11226 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11227 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11228 primary selection and region." t nil)
11229
11230 ;;;***
11231 \f
11232 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (14184 34750))
11233 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11234
11235 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11236 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11237
11238 ;;;***
11239 \f
11240 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (14994 35820))
11241 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11242
11243 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11244 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11245 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11247 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11248
11249 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11250
11251 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11252
11253 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11254 Toggle Msb mode.
11255 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11256 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11257 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11258
11259 ;;;***
11260 \f
11261 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11262 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11263 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11264 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11265 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11266 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15038 62392))
11267 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11268
11269 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11270 Display a list of all character sets.
11271
11272 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11273 for internal Emacs use.
11274
11275 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11276 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11277 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11278 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11279 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11280
11281 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11282 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11283 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11284 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11285
11286 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11287 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11288
11289 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11290 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11291 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11292 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11293 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11294
11295 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11296 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11297 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11298 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11299 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11300
11301 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11302 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11303
11304 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11305 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11306
11307 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11308 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11309 POS defaults to point.
11310 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11311 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11312 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11313
11314 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11315 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11316
11317 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11318 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11319
11320 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11321 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11322 at the place of `..':
11323 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11324 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11325 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11326 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11327 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11328 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11329 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11330 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11331 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11332 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11333 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11334 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11335 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11336 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11337 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11338 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11339
11340 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11341 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11342
11343 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11344 Display a list of all coding systems.
11345 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11346
11347 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11348 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11349
11350 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11351 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11352
11353 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11354 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11355
11356 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11357 Display information of FONTSET.
11358 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11359
11360 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11361 Display a list of all fontsets.
11362 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11363 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11364 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11365
11366 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11367 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11368
11369 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11370 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11371
11372 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11373 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11374 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11375 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11376
11377 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11378 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11379 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11380
11381 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11382 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11383 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11384
11385 ;;;***
11386 \f
11387 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11388 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11389 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11390 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11391 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11392 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11393 ;;;;;; (14647 32042))
11394 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11395
11396 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11397 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11398 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11399
11400 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11401 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11402
11403 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11404 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11405
11406 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11407 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11408
11409 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11410 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11411 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11412 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11413 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11414
11415 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11416 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11417 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11418 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11419 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11420
11421 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11422 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11423
11424 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11425
11426 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11427 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11428
11429 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11430 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11431 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11432
11433 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11434 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11435 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11436
11437 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11438 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11439 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11440 is considered.
11441 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11442 longer than KEYSEQ.
11443 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11444
11445 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11446 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11447 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11448 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11449 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11450 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11451 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11452 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11453 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11454 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11455 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11456
11457 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11458 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11459
11460 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11461 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11462
11463 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11464 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11465
11466 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11467 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11468
11469 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11470 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11471
11472 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11473 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11474 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11475 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11476
11477 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11478 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11479 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11480 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11481
11482 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11483 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11484 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11485 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11486
11487 ;;;***
11488 \f
11489 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11490 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
11491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11492
11493 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11494 Toggle Mouse-Wheel mode on or off.
11495 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11497 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11498
11499 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11500
11501 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11502
11503 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11504 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11505 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11506 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11507
11508 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11509 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11510
11511 ;;;***
11512 \f
11513 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11514 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11515 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11516 ;;;;;; (14994 26744))
11517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11518
11519 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11520 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11521
11522 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11523 Ping HOST.
11524 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11525 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11526
11527 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11528 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11529
11530 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11531
11532 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11533 Run netstat program." t nil)
11534
11535 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11536 Run the arp program." t nil)
11537
11538 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11539 Run the route program." t nil)
11540
11541 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11542 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11543
11544 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11545 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11546
11547 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11548 Run dig program." t nil)
11549
11550 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11551 Run ftp program." t nil)
11552
11553 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11554 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11555
11556 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11557 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11558 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11559 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11560
11561 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11562
11563 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11564 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11565
11566 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11567 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11568
11569 ;;;***
11570 \f
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11572 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11573 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11574 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11575 ;;;;;; (15011 22903))
11576 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11577
11578 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11579
11580 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11581
11582 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11583
11584 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11585
11586 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11587
11588 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11589 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11590 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11591 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11592 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11593
11594 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11595 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11596
11597 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11598 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11599 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11600 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11601
11602 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11603 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11604
11605 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11606 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11607 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11608
11609 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11610 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11611 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11612 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11613 column indentation or nil.
11614 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11615
11616 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11617 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11618 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11619
11620 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11621 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11622 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11623 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11624
11625 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11626 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
11627
11628 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11629 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11630 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11631
11632 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11633 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11634
11635 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11636 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11637 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continuation' markers if any." t nil)
11638
11639 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11640 Set the comment column based on point.
11641 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11642 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11643 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11644 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11645
11646 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11647 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11648 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11649
11650 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11651 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11652 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11653 comment markers." t nil)
11654
11655 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11656 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11657 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11658 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11659 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11660 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11661 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11662 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11663
11664 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11665 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11666
11667 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11668 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11669 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11670 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11671 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11672 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11673 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11674 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11675
11676 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11677 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11678 This indents the body of the continued comment
11679 under the previous comment line.
11680
11681 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11682 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11683 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11684
11685 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11686 or comment indentation.
11687
11688 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11689 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11690
11691 ;;;***
11692 \f
11693 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11694 ;;;;;; 32485))
11695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11696
11697 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11698 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11699 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11700 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11701 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11702 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11703
11704 ;;;***
11705 \f
11706 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11707 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11709
11710 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11711 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11712 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11713
11714 ;;;***
11715 \f
11716 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11717 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11718 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11719
11720 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11721 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11722 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11723
11724 ;;;***
11725 \f
11726 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11727 ;;;;;; (14858 32485))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11729
11730 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11731 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11732
11733 ;;;***
11734 \f
11735 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11736 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
11737 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11738
11739 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11740 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11741
11742 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11743 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11744
11745 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11746 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11747
11748 ;;;***
11749 \f
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11751 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (13229 29111))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11753
11754 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11755 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11756 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11757
11758 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11759
11760 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11761 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11762 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11763 to future sessions." t nil)
11764
11765 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11766 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11767 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11768 to future sessions." t nil)
11769
11770 ;;;***
11771 \f
11772 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11773 ;;;;;; (14974 43714))
11774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11775
11776 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11777 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11778 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11779 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11780 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11781 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11782
11783 ;;;***
11784 \f
11785 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11786 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11788
11789 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11790 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11791 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11792 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11793 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11794
11795 ;;;***
11796 \f
11797 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11798 ;;;;;; (14747 44776))
11799 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11800
11801 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11802 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11803 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11804
11805 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11806
11807 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11808 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11809
11810 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11811 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11812 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11813
11814 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11815
11816 ;;;***
11817 \f
11818 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11819 ;;;;;; (14535 42824))
11820 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11821
11822 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11823 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11824
11825 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11826 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11827 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11828 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11829
11830 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11831 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11832 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11833 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11834 is why you need this mode!).
11835
11836 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11837 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11838 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11839
11840 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11841
11842 Keybindings
11843 ===========
11844
11845 \\{octave-mode-map}
11846
11847 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11848 ==============================================
11849
11850 octave-auto-indent
11851 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11852 Default is nil.
11853
11854 octave-auto-newline
11855 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11856 Default is nil.
11857
11858 octave-blink-matching-block
11859 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11860 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11861
11862 octave-block-offset
11863 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11864 Default is 2.
11865
11866 octave-continuation-offset
11867 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11868 Default is 4.
11869
11870 octave-continuation-string
11871 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11872 Default is a backslash.
11873
11874 octave-mode-startup-message
11875 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11876 Default is t.
11877
11878 octave-send-echo-input
11879 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11880 command to the inferior Octave process.
11881
11882 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11883 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11884 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11885
11886 octave-send-echo-input
11887 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11888
11889 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11890
11891 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11892 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11893
11894 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11895 (setq auto-mode-alist
11896 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11897
11898 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11899 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11900
11901 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11902 (lambda ()
11903 (abbrev-mode 1)
11904 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11905 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11906 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11907
11908 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11909 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11910 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11911 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11912
11913 ;;;***
11914 \f
11915 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11916 ;;;;;; (14821 31349))
11917 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11918
11919 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11920 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11921 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11922
11923 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11924 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11925 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11926 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11927 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11928
11929 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11930
11931 ;;;***
11932 \f
11933 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
11934 ;;;;;; (14958 40595))
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
11936
11937 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
11938 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
11939 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
11940 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
11941
11942 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
11943 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
11944 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
11945 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
11946
11947 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
11948 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
11949 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
11950 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
11951 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
11952 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
11953
11954 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
11955 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
11956
11957 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
11958 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
11959 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
11960 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
11961 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
11962 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
11963 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
11964 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
11965 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
11966 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
11967 The subheadings remain visible.
11968 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
11969
11970 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
11971 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
11972 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
11973
11974 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
11975 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
11976
11977 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
11978 Toggle Outline minor mode.
11979 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11980 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
11981
11982 ;;;***
11983 \f
11984 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (14854 32222))
11985 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
11986
11987 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
11988 Toggle Show-Paren mode on or off.
11989 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11991 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
11992
11993 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11994
11995 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
11996
11997 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
11998 Toggle Show Paren mode.
11999 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12000 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12001
12002 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12003 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12004
12005 ;;;***
12006 \f
12007 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (14628
12008 ;;;;;; 14481))
12009 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12010
12011 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12012 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12013 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12014
12015 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12016 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12017
12018 Other useful functions are:
12019
12020 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12021 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12022 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12023 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12024 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12025 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12026 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12027 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12028 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12029
12030 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12031
12032 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12033 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12034 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12035 Indentation for case statements.
12036 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12037 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12038 mark after an end.
12039 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12040 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12041 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12042 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12043 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12044 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12045 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12046 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12047 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12048 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12049
12050 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12051 pascal-separator-keywords.
12052
12053 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12054 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12055
12056 ;;;***
12057 \f
12058 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12059 ;;;;;; (13229 29217))
12060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12061
12062 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12063 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12064 The keys affected are:
12065 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12066 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12067 M-Backspace does undo.
12068 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12069 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12070 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12071
12072 ;;;***
12073 \f
12074 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12075 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15068 4482))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12077
12078 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12079 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12080
12081 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12082
12083 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12084 which modify the status of the mark.
12085
12086 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12087 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12088
12089 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12090 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12091
12092 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12093 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12094 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12095 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
12096 turning pc-selection-mode on.
12097
12098 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12099 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12100
12101 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12102 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12103 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12104
12105 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12106 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12107 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12108
12109 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12110 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12111
12112 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12113 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12114 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12115
12116 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12117 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12118 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12119
12120 F6 other-window
12121 DELETE delete-char
12122 C-DELETE kill-line
12123 M-DELETE kill-word
12124 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12125 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12126 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12127
12128 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12129 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12130 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12131 and cursor movement commands.
12132 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12133 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12134
12135 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12136
12137 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12138
12139 ;;;***
12140 \f
12141 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (14680
12142 ;;;;;; 33021))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12144
12145 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12146 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12151 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (14763 31121))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12153
12154 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12155 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12156
12157 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12158 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12159
12160 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12161 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12162
12163 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12164 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12165
12166 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12167
12168 ;;;***
12169 \f
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12171 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (14911 29452))
12172 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12173
12174 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12175 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12176
12177 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12178 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12179
12180 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12181 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12182
12183 ;;;***
12184 \f
12185 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (14680
12186 ;;;;;; 33025))
12187 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12188
12189 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12190 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12191 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12192 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12193 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12194 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12195
12196 ;;;***
12197 \f
12198 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12199 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12200 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (14680 33026))
12201 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12202
12203 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12204 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12205
12206 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12207
12208 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12209 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12210
12211 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12212 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12213
12214 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12215 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12216
12217 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12218
12219 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12220 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12221
12222 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12223 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12224
12225 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12226 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12227
12228 ;;;***
12229 \f
12230 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12231 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12232 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (14961
12233 ;;;;;; 12689))
12234 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12235
12236 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12237 Support extensible programmable completion.
12238 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12239 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12240
12241 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12242 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12243
12244 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12245 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12246 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12247
12248 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12249 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12250
12251 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12252 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12253 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12254
12255 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12256 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12257
12258 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12259 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12260
12261 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12262 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12263 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12264 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12265 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12266
12267 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12268 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12269
12270 ;;;***
12271 \f
12272 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12273 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12274 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15068 4482))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12276
12277 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12278 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12279 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12280 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12281
12282 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12283
12284 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12285 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12286 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12287 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12288 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12289 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12290 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12291
12292 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12293 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12294 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12295 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12296 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12297 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12298 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12299 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12300
12301 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12302 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12303 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12304 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12305 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12306 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12307
12308 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12309 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12310 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12311 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12312 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12313 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12314 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12315
12316 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12317
12318 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12319 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12320 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12321
12322 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12323 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12324 NIL means never do it.
12325 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12326 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12327 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12328
12329 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12330 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12331 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12332
12333 ;;;***
12334 \f
12335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15068 4482))
12336 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12337
12338 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12339
12340 ;;;***
12341 \f
12342 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12343 ;;;;;; (14804 20134))
12344 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12345
12346 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12347 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12348 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12349 Tab indents for Perl code.
12350 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12351 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12352 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12353 \\{perl-mode-map}
12354 Variables controlling indentation style:
12355 perl-tab-always-indent
12356 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12357 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12358 perl-tab-to-comment
12359 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12360 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12361 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12362 perl-nochange
12363 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12364 perl-indent-level
12365 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12366 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12367 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12368 perl-continued-statement-offset
12369 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12370 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12371 perl-continued-brace-offset
12372 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12373 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12374 perl-brace-offset
12375 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12376 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12377 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12378 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12379 perl-label-offset
12380 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12381
12382 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12383 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12384 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12385 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12386 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12387 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12388 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12389
12390 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12391
12392 ;;;***
12393 \f
12394 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12395 ;;;;;; (14883 29490))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12397
12398 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12399 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12400 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12401 afterwards settable by these commands:
12402 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12403 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12404 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12405 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12406 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12407 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12408 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12409 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12410 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12411 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12412 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12413 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12414 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12415 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12416 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12417 with these commands:
12418 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12419 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12420 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12421 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12422 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12423 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12424 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12425 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12426 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12427 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12428 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12429 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12430 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12431 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12432 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12433 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12434 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12435 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12436 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12437 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12438 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12439 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12440 text is saved in the kill ring.
12441 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12442 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12443 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12444 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12445 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12446 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12447 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12448 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12449 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12450 commands if invoked soon enough.
12451 You can return to the previous mode with:
12452 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12453 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12454
12455 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12456
12457 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12458 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12459
12460 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12461
12462 ;;;***
12463 \f
12464 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (14977 58043))
12465 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12466
12467 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12468 Play pong and waste time.
12469 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12470 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12471
12472 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12473
12474 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12475
12476 ;;;***
12477 \f
12478 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12479 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (13819 15860))
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12481
12482 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12483 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12484 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12485 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12486 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12487
12488 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12489 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12490 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12491 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12492 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12493
12494 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12495 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12496 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12497 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12498
12499 ;;;***
12500 \f
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12502 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12503 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12504
12505 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12506 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12507 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12508 Commands:
12509 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12510 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12511 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12512
12513 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12514 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12515
12516 ;;;***
12517 \f
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15048 21431))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12520
12521 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (eq system-type (quote ms-dos)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12522 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12523 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12524
12525 ;;;***
12526 \f
12527 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (14884
12528 ;;;;;; 1390))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12530
12531 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
12532 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
12533
12534 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
12535
12536 The following variables hold user options, and can
12537 be set through the `customize' command:
12538
12539 ps-mode-auto-indent
12540 ps-mode-tab
12541 ps-mode-paper-size
12542 ps-mode-print-function
12543 ps-run-prompt
12544 ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2
12545 ps-run-x
12546 ps-run-dumb
12547 ps-run-init
12548 ps-run-error-line-numbers
12549 ps-run-tmp-dir
12550
12551 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
12552
12553
12554 \\{ps-mode-map}
12555
12556
12557 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
12558 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
12559 The keymap for this second window is:
12560
12561 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
12562
12563
12564 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
12565 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
12566 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
12567 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
12568 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
12569 " t nil)
12570
12571 ;;;***
12572 \f
12573 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12574 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12575 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12576 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15052 16036))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12578
12579 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12580 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12581
12582 Valid values are:
12583
12584 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12585 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12586 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12587 changed by setting the variable
12588 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12589 The initial value of this variable is
12590 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12591 documentation).
12592
12593 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12594 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12595 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12596 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12597 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12598 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12599 test it.
12600
12601 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12602 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12603 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12604 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12605 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12606 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12607 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12608 use this value, be sure to have installed
12609 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12610 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12611 documentation of this variable).
12612
12613 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12614 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12615 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12616 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12617 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12618 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12619
12620 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12621
12622 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12623 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12624 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12625
12626 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12627
12628 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12629 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12630
12631 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12632
12633 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12634
12635 Returns the value:
12636
12637 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12638
12639 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12640 the sequence." nil nil)
12641
12642 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12643 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12644
12645 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12646 composition.
12647
12648 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12649
12650 Returns the value:
12651
12652 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12653
12654 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12655 the sequence." nil nil)
12656
12657 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12658 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12659
12660 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12661 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12662 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12663
12664 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12665 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12666
12667 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12668 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12669 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12670
12671 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12672
12673 ;;;***
12674 \f
12675 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12676 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12677 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12678 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12679 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12680 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15079 59871))
12681 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12682
12683 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12684 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12685 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12686 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12687
12688 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12689 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12690
12691 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12692 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12693
12694 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12695 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12696 sending it to the printer.
12697
12698 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12699 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12700 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12701
12702 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12703 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12704 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12705 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12706 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12707
12708 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12709 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12710 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12711
12712 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12713 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12714 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12715 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12716 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12717
12718 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12719 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12720 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
12721 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12722
12723 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12724
12725 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12726 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12727 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12728 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12729 so it has a way to determine color values.
12730
12731 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12732
12733 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12734 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12735 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12736
12737 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12738
12739 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12740 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12741 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12742 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12743 so it has a way to determine color values.
12744
12745 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12748 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12749
12750 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12751 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
12752 instead of sending it to the printer.
12753
12754 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12755 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12756 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12757
12758 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12759 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
12760 current ps-print setup.
12761 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12762 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12763
12764 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12765 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12766 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12767
12768 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12769 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12770 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12771
12772 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12773 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12774
12775 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12776 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12777
12778 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12779 with face extension in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12780
12781 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12782
12783 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12784
12785 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12786 Extend face in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'.
12787
12788 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12789 with face extensions in `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, overrides.
12790
12791 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12792
12793 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12794
12795 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12796
12797 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12798 foreground and background colors respectively.
12799
12800 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12801 bold - use bold font.
12802 italic - use italic font.
12803 underline - put a line under text.
12804 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12805 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12806 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12807 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12808 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12809
12810 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12811
12812 ;;;***
12813 \f
12814 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12815 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12816 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12817 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
12818 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15020 34856))
12819 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12820
12821 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
12822 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
12823
12824 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12825 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12826 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package." nil nil)
12827
12828 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12829 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12830 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12831 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12832 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12833 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12834 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12835
12836 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12837 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12838 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12839 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12840 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12841 shown.
12842 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12843
12844 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12845 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12846 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12847 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12848 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12849 list of candidates.
12850
12851 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12852 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12853 command to be called.
12854
12855 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12856 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12857 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12858 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12859
12860 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12861 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12862 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12863 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12864 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12865 to t.
12866
12867 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12868 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12869 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12870 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12871
12872 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12873 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12874 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12875 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12876
12877 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12878 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12879 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12880 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12881 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12882 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12883
12884 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12885 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12886 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12887 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12888 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12889 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12890
12891 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12892 covers Quail translation region.
12893
12894 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12895 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12896 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12897 for it) is inserted.
12898
12899 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12900 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12901 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12902
12903 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12904 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12905 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12906
12907 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12908 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12909
12910 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12911 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12912 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12913 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12914 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12915
12916 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12917 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12918
12919 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12920 keyboard type." t nil)
12921
12922 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12923 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12924 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12925 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12926 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12927 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12928 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12929 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12930 for the translation.
12931 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12932
12933 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12934 it is used to handle KEY.
12935
12936 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12937 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12938 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12939 the following annotation types are supported.
12940
12941 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12942 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12943
12944 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12945 candidate list.
12946
12947 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12948 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12949 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12950 inserted.
12951
12952 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12953 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12954
12955 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12956 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12957
12958 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12959 which to install MAP.
12960
12961 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12962
12963 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12964 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
12965
12966 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12967 which to install MAP.
12968
12969 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
12970
12971 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
12972 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
12973 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12974 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
12975 a function, or a cons.
12976 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12977 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12978 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12979 for the translation.
12980 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
12981 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
12982 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
12983 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
12984 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12985
12986 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12987 it is used to handle KEY.
12988
12989 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
12990 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
12991 current Quail package.
12992
12993 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
12994 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
12995
12996 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
12997 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
12998
12999 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13000 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13001
13002 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13003
13004 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13005 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13006
13007 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13008 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13009 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13010 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13011 of the Emacs source tree.
13012
13013 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13014 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13015
13016 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13017 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13018 of each directory." t nil)
13019
13020 ;;;***
13021 \f
13022 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13023 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13024 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (14914
13025 ;;;;;; 30127))
13026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13027
13028 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13029 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13030 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13031 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13032
13033 To make use of this do something like:
13034
13035 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13036
13037 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13038
13039 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13040 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13041
13042 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13043 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13044 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13045
13046 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13047 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13048
13049 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13050 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13051
13052 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13053 is decided." t nil)
13054
13055 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13056 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13057
13058 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13059 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13060 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13061
13062 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13063 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13064
13065 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13066 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13067
13068 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13069 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13070
13071 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13072
13073 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13074
13075 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13076 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13077
13078 ;;;***
13079 \f
13080 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (14550
13081 ;;;;;; 7848))
13082 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13083
13084 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13085 Compile the the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13086 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13087
13088 ;;;***
13089 \f
13090 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13091 ;;;;;; (14980 3782))
13092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13093
13094 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13095 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13096
13097 ;;;***
13098 \f
13099 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13100 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13101 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (14977 57209))
13102 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13103
13104 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13105 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13106
13107 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13108 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13109
13110 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13111 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13112
13113 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13114 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13115 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13116 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13117 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13118
13119 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13120 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13121
13122 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13123 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13124 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13126 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13127
13128 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13129
13130 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13131
13132 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13133 Toggle recentf mode.
13134 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13135 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13136
13137 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13138 were operated on recently." t nil)
13139
13140 ;;;***
13141 \f
13142 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13143 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13144 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13145 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15077
13146 ;;;;;; 23232))
13147 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13148
13149 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13150 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13151 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13152 spaces and tab.
13153
13154 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13155 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13156
13157 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13158 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13159 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13160 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13161 ends.
13162
13163 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13164 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13165 to be deleted." t nil)
13166
13167 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13168 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13169 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13170
13171 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13172 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13173 deleted." nil nil)
13174
13175 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13176 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13177 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13178
13179 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13180 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13181
13182 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13183 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13184
13185 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13186 deleted." t nil)
13187
13188 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13189 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13190
13191 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13192 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13193 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13194 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13195 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13196 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13197 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13198
13199 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13200 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13201
13202 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13203 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13204
13205 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13206 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13207 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13208 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13209
13210 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13211 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13212 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13213 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13214 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13215
13216 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13217 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13218
13219 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13220 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13221 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13222
13223 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13224
13225 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13226 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13227
13228 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13229 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13230 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13231
13232 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13233 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13234 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13235
13236 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13237 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13238 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13239
13240 ;;;***
13241 \f
13242 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (14875
13243 ;;;;;; 62936))
13244 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13245
13246 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13247 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13248 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13249
13250 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13251 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13252 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13253
13254 ;;;***
13255 \f
13256 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13257 ;;;;;; (15007 28338))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13259
13260 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13261 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13262
13263 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13264 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13265
13266 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13267 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13268
13269 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13270 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13271 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13272 \\ref macro.
13273
13274 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13275 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13276 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13277
13278 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13279 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13280 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13281
13282 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13283 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13284
13285 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13286 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13287
13288 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13289 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13290 on the menu bar.
13291
13292 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13293
13294 ;;;***
13295 \f
13296 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13297 ;;;;;; (14900 39720))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13299
13300 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13301 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13302 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13303 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13304 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formated according
13305 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13306
13307 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13308
13309 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13310
13311 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13312 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13313 called with point inside the braces of a `cite' command, it will
13314 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13315
13316 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13317 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13318 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13319 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13320
13321 ;;;***
13322 \f
13323 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13324 ;;;;;; (14900 39721))
13325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13326
13327 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13328 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13329 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13330
13331 To insert new phrases, use
13332 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13333 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13334
13335 To index phrases use one of:
13336
13337 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13338 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13339 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13340 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13341 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13342
13343 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13344 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13345
13346 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13347
13348 Here are all local bindings.
13349
13350 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13351
13352 ;;;***
13353 \f
13354 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13355 ;;;;;; (14854 32222))
13356 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13357
13358 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13359 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13360 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13361 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13362 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13363 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13364
13365 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13366 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13367
13368 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13369 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13370
13371 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13372 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13373 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13374 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13375
13376 ;;;***
13377 \f
13378 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (14981 28008))
13379 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13380
13381 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13382 Repeat most recently executed command.
13383 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13384 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13385 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13386
13387 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13388 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13389 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13390
13391 ;;;***
13392 \f
13393 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13394 ;;;;;; (14638 40777))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13396
13397 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13398 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13399
13400 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13401 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13402 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13403 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13404 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13405 and point is left after the salutation.
13406
13407 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13408 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13409 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13410 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13411 left after that text.
13412
13413 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13414 is non-nil.
13415
13416 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13417 to initialize a a messagem, which the user can then edit and finally send
13418 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13419 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13420
13421 ;;;***
13422 \f
13423 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13424 ;;;;;; (13229 29317))
13425 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13426
13427 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13428 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13429 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13430 visibility of comments that precede it.
13431 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13432 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13433 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13434 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13435 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13436 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13437 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13438 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13439 the comment lines.
13440 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13441 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13442 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13443 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13444 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13445 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13446
13447 ;;;***
13448 \f
13449 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13450 ;;;;;; 50658))
13451 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13452
13453 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13454 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13455
13456 ;;;***
13457 \f
13458 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13459 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13461
13462 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13463 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13464
13465 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13466 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13467
13468 ;;;***
13469 \f
13470 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (14550 7959))
13471 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13472 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13473
13474 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13475 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13476 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13477 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13478
13479 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13480
13481 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13482 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13483 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13484 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13485
13486 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13487 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13488
13489 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13490 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13491
13492 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13493 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13494 INPUT-ARGS.
13495
13496 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13497 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13498 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13499 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13500 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13501
13502 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13503 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13504 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13505 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13506
13507 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13508 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13509 variable." t nil)
13510
13511 ;;;***
13512 \f
13513 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13514 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13515 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13516 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13517 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13518 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13519 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15095 54529))
13520 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13521
13522 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13523 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13524 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13525 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13526
13527 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13528 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13529 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13530 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13531 value is the user's name.)
13532 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13533
13534 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13535 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13536 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13537 which normally happens once for each message,
13538 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13539 To make a change in this variable take effect
13540 for a message that you have already viewed,
13541 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13542
13543 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13544 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13545 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13546 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13547
13548 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13549 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13550
13551 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13552 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13553 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13554 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13555
13556 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13557 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13558
13559 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13560 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13561
13562 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13563 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13564 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13565 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13566 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13567
13568 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13569 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13570
13571 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13572 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13573
13574 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13575 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13576
13577 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13578 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13579
13580 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13581 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13582
13583 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13584 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13585
13586 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13587 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13588
13589 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13590 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13591
13592 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13593 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13594 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13595 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13596
13597 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13598 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13599
13600 This is set to nil by default.")
13601
13602 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13603 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13604 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13605 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13606 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13607
13608 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13609 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13610 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13611 It is called with no argument.")
13612
13613 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13614 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13615 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13616 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13617 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13618 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13619
13620 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13621 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13622 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13623 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13624 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13625
13626 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13627 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13628 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13629 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13630 MSG is the message number,
13631 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13632 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13633
13634 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13635 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13636 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13637 this feature is required with `require'.")
13638
13639 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13640 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13641 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13642 the message is decoded as normal way.
13643
13644 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13645 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13646 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13647
13648 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13649 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13650 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13651
13652 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13653 Read and edit incoming mail.
13654 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13655 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13656 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13657
13658 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13659 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13660 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13661 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13662
13663 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13664
13665 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13666 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13667 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13668 Instead, these commands are available:
13669
13670 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13671 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13672 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13673 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13674 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13675 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13676 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13677 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13678 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13679 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13680 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13681 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13682 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13683 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13684 till a deleted message is found.
13685 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13686 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13687 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13688 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13689 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13690 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13691 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13692 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13693 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13694 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13695 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13696 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13697 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13698 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13699 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13700 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13701 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13702 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13703 (label defaults to last one specified).
13704 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13705 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13706 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13707 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13708 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13709 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13710 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13711 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13712 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13713
13714 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13715 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13716
13717 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13718 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13719
13720 ;;;***
13721 \f
13722 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13723 ;;;;;; (15094 34335))
13724 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13725
13726 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13727 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13728
13729 ;;;***
13730 \f
13731 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13732 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13733 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15095 54661))
13734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13735
13736 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13737 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13738 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13739
13740 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13741 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13742 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13743
13744 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13745
13746 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13747 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13748 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13749 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13750 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13751
13752 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13753 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13754 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13755 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13756 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13757
13758 ;;;***
13759 \f
13760 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13761 ;;;;;; (13772 51133))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13763
13764 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13765 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13766 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13767 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13768
13769 ;;;***
13770 \f
13771 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13772 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13773 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15095 54687))
13774 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13775
13776 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13777 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13778 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13779 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13780 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13781 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13782 a file name as a string.")
13783
13784 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13785 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13786 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13787 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13788 buffer visiting that file.
13789 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13790 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13791
13792 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13793 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13794
13795 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13796 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13797
13798 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13799 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13800
13801 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13802 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13803
13804 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13805 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13806 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13807 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13808 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13809
13810 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13811 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13812 will be appended with their original headers.
13813
13814 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13815 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13816
13817 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13818 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13819
13820 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13821
13822 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13823 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13824 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13825
13826 ;;;***
13827 \f
13828 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13829 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13830 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15094
13831 ;;;;;; 29495))
13832 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13833
13834 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13835 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13836 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13837
13838 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13839 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13840 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13843 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13844 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13845
13846 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13847 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13848 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13849
13850 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13851 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13852 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13853
13854 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13855 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13856 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13857
13858 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
13859 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13860 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13861 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13862
13863 ;;;***
13864 \f
13865 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13866 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13867 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13868 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13869 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15095 54529))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13871
13872 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13873 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13874
13875 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13876 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13877
13878 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13879 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13880
13881 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13882 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13883 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13884
13885 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13886 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13887 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13888 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13889 only look in the To and From fields.
13890 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13891
13892 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13893 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13894 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13895 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13896 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13899 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13900 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13901 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13902 look in the whole message.
13903 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13904
13905 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13906 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13907 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13908
13909 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13910 *Function to decode summary-line.
13911
13912 By default, `identity' is set.")
13913
13914 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13915 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13916 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13917 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13918 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13919 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13920 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13921
13922 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13923 sent by you under different user names.
13924 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail adresses.
13925
13926 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13927
13928 ;;;***
13929 \f
13930 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13931 ;;;;;; (14932 52544))
13932 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13933
13934 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13935 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13936 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13937 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13938
13939 ;;;***
13940 \f
13941 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13942 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (12536 45574))
13943 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13944
13945 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13946 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13947 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window." t nil)
13948
13949 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13950 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
13951
13952 ;;;***
13953 \f
13954 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
13955 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
13956 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
13957 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "rsz-mini.el" (14895 24173))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from rsz-mini.el
13959
13960 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
13961 *This variable is obsolete.")
13962
13963 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13964
13965 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
13966
13967 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
13968 *This variable is obsolete.")
13969
13970 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
13971 *This variable is obsolete.")
13972
13973 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
13974 *This variable is obsolete.")
13975
13976 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
13977 *This variable is obsolete.")
13978
13979 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
13980 *This variable is obsolete.")
13981
13982 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
13983 This function is obsolete." t nil)
13984
13985 ;;;***
13986 \f
13987 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
13988 ;;;;;; (14947 16781))
13989 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
13990
13991 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
13992 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
13993 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
13994
13995 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
13996 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
13997 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
13998 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
13999 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14000 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14001 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14002 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14003
14004 Commands:
14005 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14006 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14007 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14008 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14009 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14010
14011 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14012 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14013 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14014
14015 Commands:
14016 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14017 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14018 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14019 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14020 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14021 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14022
14023 ;;;***
14024 \f
14025 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14026 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
14027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14028
14029 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14030 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14031 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14032
14033 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14034
14035 ;;;***
14036 \f
14037 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (14381
14038 ;;;;;; 56615))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14040
14041 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14042 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14043 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14044 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14045
14046 Interesting variables:
14047
14048 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
14049 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14050
14051 scribe-electric-quote
14052 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14053
14054 scribe-electric-parenthesis
14055 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14056 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14057
14058 ;;;***
14059 \f
14060 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14061 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (14862 37894))
14062 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14063
14064 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14065 Control/track scroll locking.
14066
14067 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14068 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14069
14070 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14071
14072 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14073
14074 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14075 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode." t nil)
14076
14077 ;;;***
14078 \f
14079 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14080 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14081 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14082 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14083 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14084 ;;;;;; (15032 33030))
14085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14086
14087 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14088 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14089
14090 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14091 king@grassland.com
14092 If `parens', they look like:
14093 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14094 If `angles', they look like:
14095 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14096 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14097 derived from the envelope-from address.
14098
14099 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14100 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14101 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14102 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14103
14104 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14105 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14106 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `user-mail-address'.
14107
14108 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14109 is a privileged operation.")
14110
14111 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14112 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14113 This is done when the message is initialized,
14114 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14115
14116 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14117 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14118 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14119
14120 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14121 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14122
14123 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14124 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14125 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14126 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line.
14127 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14128 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14129
14130 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14131 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14132
14133 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14134 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14135 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14136
14137 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14138 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14139 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14140 when you first send mail.")
14141
14142 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14143 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14144 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14145 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14146 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14147
14148 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14149 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14150 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14151 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14152 This file need not actually exist.")
14153
14154 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14155 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14156 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14157 If a string, that string is inserted.
14158 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14159 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14160 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14161 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14162
14163 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14164 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14165 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14166 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14167 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14168 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14169 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14170 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC:
14171 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14172 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14173 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14174 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14175 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14176 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14177 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14178
14179 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14180 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14181 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14182 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14183 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14184 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14185
14186 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14187 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14188 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14189
14190 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14191 User should not set this variable manually,
14192 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14193 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14194 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14195 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14196
14197 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14198 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14199 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14200 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14201
14202 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14203 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14204
14205 \\<mail-mode-map>
14206 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14207
14208 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14209 to move to message header fields:
14210 \\{mail-mode-map}
14211
14212 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14213 when the message is initialized.
14214
14215 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14216 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14217
14218 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14219 is inserted.
14220
14221 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14222 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14223
14224 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14225 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14226
14227 The second through fifth arguments,
14228 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14229 the initial contents of those header fields.
14230 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14231 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14232 original message being replied to, or else an action
14233 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14234 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14235 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14236 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14237 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14238 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14241 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14242
14243 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14244 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14245
14246 ;;;***
14247 \f
14248 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15057 50955))
14249 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14250
14251 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14252 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14253 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14254 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14255 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14256 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14257
14258 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14259
14260 ;;;***
14261 \f
14262 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14263 ;;;;;; (15057 30976))
14264 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14265
14266 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14267 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14268 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14269 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14270 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14271
14272 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14273 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14274 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14275
14276 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14277 your `.emacs' file.
14278
14279 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14280
14281 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14282 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14283 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14286 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14287 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14288 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14289 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14290 which this is based.
14291
14292 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14293
14294 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14295 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14296 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14297 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14298
14299 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14300 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14301 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14302
14303 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14304 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14305 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14306 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14307
14308 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14309 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14310 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14311 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14312
14313 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14314
14315 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14316 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14317 To work around that, do:
14318 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14319
14320 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14321
14322 ;;;***
14323 \f
14324 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14325 ;;;;;; (15089 7969))
14326 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14327
14328 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14329
14330 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14331 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14332 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14333 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14334 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14335 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14336
14337 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14338 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14339 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14340 shell-specific features.
14341
14342 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14343 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14344 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14345
14346 \\[sh-case] case statement
14347 \\[sh-for] for loop
14348 \\[sh-function] function definition
14349 \\[sh-if] if statement
14350 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14351 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14352 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14353 \\[sh-select] select loop
14354 \\[sh-until] until loop
14355 \\[sh-while] while loop
14356
14357 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14358 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14359 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14360 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14361 would indent to the way it currently is.
14362 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14363 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14364
14365
14366 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14367 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14368 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14369 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14370 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14371 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14372
14373 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14374 {, (, [, ', \", `
14375 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14376
14377 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14378 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14379 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14380
14381 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14382 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14383
14384 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14385
14386 ;;;***
14387 \f
14388 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14389 ;;;;;; (13667 35245))
14390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14391
14392 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14393 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14394
14395 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14396 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14397 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14398 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14399 the earlier.
14400
14401 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14402
14403 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14404
14405 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14406 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14407 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14408
14409 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14410 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14411
14412 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14413 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14414 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14415 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14416 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14417 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14418 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14419 emacs version).
14420
14421 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14422 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14423 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14424 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14425 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14426
14427 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14428 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14429 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14430
14431 ;;;***
14432 \f
14433 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
14434 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (14983
14435 ;;;;;; 1207))
14436 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
14437
14438 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
14439 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
14440 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
14441 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
14442 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
14443 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
14444 in the cluster." t nil)
14445
14446 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
14447 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
14448 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
14449 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
14450 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14451
14452 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
14453 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
14454 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
14455 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
14456 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
14457 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
14458 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14459
14460 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
14461 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
14462
14463 ;;;***
14464 \f
14465 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14466 ;;;;;; (14964 4164))
14467 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14468
14469 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14470 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14471 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14472 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14473 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14474 arguments.")
14475
14476 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14477 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14478 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14479 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14480 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14481 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14482 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14483 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14484 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14485 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14486 discards input when it starts up.)
14487 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14488 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14489 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14490
14491 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14492 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14493 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14494 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14495 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14496 `default-process-coding-system'.
14497
14498 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14499 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14500 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14501 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14502
14503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14504 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14505
14506 ;;;***
14507 \f
14508 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (14256
14509 ;;;;;; 23740))
14510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14511
14512 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14513 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14514 \\{simula-mode-map}
14515 Variables controlling indentation style:
14516 simula-tab-always-indent
14517 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14518 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14519 simula-indent-level
14520 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14521 simula-substatement-offset
14522 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14523 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14524 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14525 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14526 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14527 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14528 simula-label-offset -4711
14529 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14530 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14531 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14532 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14533 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14534 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14535 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14536 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14537 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14538 simula-electric-indent nil
14539 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14540 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14541 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14542 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14543 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14544 or nil if they should not be changed.
14545 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14546 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14547 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14548 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14549
14550 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14551 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14552
14553 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14554 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14555 at all." t nil)
14556
14557 ;;;***
14558 \f
14559 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14560 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14561 ;;;;;; (15037 47090))
14562 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14563
14564 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14565 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14566
14567 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14568 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14569 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14570 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14571 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14572
14573 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14574 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14575 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14576 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14577 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14578 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14579 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14580
14581 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14582 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14583 ignored." t nil)
14584
14585 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14586 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14587 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14588 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14589 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14590 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14591 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14592
14593 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14594 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14595 ignored." t nil)
14596
14597 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14598 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14599
14600 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14601 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14602 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14603 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14604
14605 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14606 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14607 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14608 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14609
14610 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14611 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14612 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14613
14614 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14615 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14616
14617 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14618 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14619
14620 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14621 _ interesting point, interregion here
14622 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14623 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14624 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
14625 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
14626 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14627 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14628 nil skipped
14629
14630 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
14631 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
14632
14633 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14634 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14635 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14636 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14637 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14638 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14639 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14640 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14641
14642 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14643 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14644 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14645 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14646 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14647 available:
14648
14649 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14650 then: insert previously read string once more
14651 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14652 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14653 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14654
14655 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14656 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14657
14658 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14659 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14660
14661 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14662 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14663 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14664 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14665 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
14666 such as backslash.
14667
14668 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14669 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14670 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14671
14672 ;;;***
14673 \f
14674 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15013
14675 ;;;;;; 64498))
14676 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
14677
14678 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
14679 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
14680 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
14681
14682 ;;;***
14683 \f
14684 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
14685 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
14686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
14687
14688 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
14689 Display textual smileys as images.
14690 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
14691 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
14692 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
14693
14694 ;;;***
14695 \f
14696 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el"
14697 ;;;;;; (15094 34253))
14698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
14699
14700 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
14701
14702 ;;;***
14703 \f
14704 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (13700 16733))
14705 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
14706
14707 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
14708 Play the Snake game.
14709 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
14710
14711 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
14712
14713 snake-mode keybindings:
14714 \\<snake-mode-map>
14715 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
14716 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
14717 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
14718 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
14719 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
14720 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
14721 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
14722
14723 " t nil)
14724
14725 ;;;***
14726 \f
14727 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
14728 ;;;;;; (14550 9134))
14729 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
14730
14731 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14732 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
14733 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14734 Tab indents for C code.
14735 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14736 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14737 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14738 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
14739 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
14740
14741 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
14742 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
14743 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
14744 Tab indents for C code.
14745 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
14746 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14747 \\{snmp-mode-map}
14748 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
14749 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
14750
14751 ;;;***
14752 \f
14753 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
14754 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
14755 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (13462 53924))
14756 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
14757
14758 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
14759 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
14760
14761 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
14762 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
14763 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
14764
14765 For example, the form
14766
14767 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
14768 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
14769
14770 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
14771
14772 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
14773 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14774
14775 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14776 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
14777 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
14778 York City.
14779
14780 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14781
14782 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
14783 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
14784
14785 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
14786 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
14787 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
14788 York City.
14789
14790 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14791
14792 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
14793 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
14794 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
14795 pair.
14796
14797 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
14798
14799 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
14800 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
14801 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
14802
14803 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
14804 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
14805
14806 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
14807
14808 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
14809 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
14810 Requires floating point." nil nil)
14811
14812 ;;;***
14813 \f
14814 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (13672
14815 ;;;;;; 20348))
14816 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
14817
14818 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
14819 Play Solitaire.
14820
14821 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
14822 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
14823 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
14824 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
14825 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
14826 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
14827 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
14828 check after each move or undo)
14829
14830 What is Solitaire?
14831
14832 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
14833 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
14834 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
14835
14836 Le Solitaire
14837 ============
14838
14839 o o o
14840
14841 o o o
14842
14843 o o o o o o o
14844
14845 o o o . o o o
14846
14847 o o o o o o o
14848
14849 o o o
14850
14851 o o o
14852
14853 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
14854 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
14855 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
14856 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
14857
14858 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
14859 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
14860 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
14861 this: o o .
14862
14863 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
14864 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
14865
14866 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
14867
14868 o o o
14869
14870 . o o
14871
14872 o o . o o o o
14873
14874 o . o o o o o
14875
14876 o o o o o o o
14877
14878 o o o
14879
14880 o o o
14881
14882 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
14883
14884 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
14885
14886 ;;;***
14887 \f
14888 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
14889 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
14890 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (14906 5643))
14891 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
14892
14893 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
14894 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
14895 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
14896
14897 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
14898 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
14899 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
14900 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
14901 contiguous.
14902
14903 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
14904 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
14905 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14906 the sort order.
14907
14908 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
14909 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
14910
14911 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
14912 It moves point to the start of the next record.
14913 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
14914 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
14915 is called.
14916
14917 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
14918 It should move point to the end of the record.
14919
14920 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
14921 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
14922 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
14923 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
14924 starts at the beginning of the record.
14925
14926 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
14927 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
14928 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
14929
14930 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
14931 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14932 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14933 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14934 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14935 the sort order." t nil)
14936
14937 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
14938 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14939 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14940 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14941 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14942 the sort order." t nil)
14943
14944 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
14945 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
14946 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14947 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
14948 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14949 the sort order." t nil)
14950
14951 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
14952 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
14953 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14954 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
14955 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
14956 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
14957 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14958 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14959 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
14960
14961 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
14962 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
14963 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
14964 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
14965 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
14966 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
14967 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14968 the sort order." t nil)
14969
14970 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
14971 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
14972 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
14973 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
14974 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
14975 is to be used for sorting.
14976 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
14977 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
14978 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
14979 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
14980 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
14981
14982 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
14983
14984 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14985 the sort order.
14986
14987 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
14988 starting with the letter \"f\",
14989 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
14990
14991 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
14992 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
14993 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
14994 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
14995 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
14996 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
14997 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
14998 the sort order.
14999
15000 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15001 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15002 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15003 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15004 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15005
15006 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15007 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15008 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15009
15010 ;;;***
15011 \f
15012 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15013 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15050 55877))
15014 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15015
15016 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15017
15018 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15019 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15020 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15021 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15022 supported at a time.
15023 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15024 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15025
15026 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15027 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15028 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15029 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15030
15031 ;;;***
15032 \f
15033 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15034 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (14977 56205))
15035 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15036
15037 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15038
15039 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15040 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15041 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15042 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15043 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15044 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15045
15046 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15047 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15048 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15049 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15050
15051 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15052 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15053 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15054 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15055 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15056
15057 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15058 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15059
15060 ;;;***
15061 \f
15062 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15063 ;;;;;; 31351))
15064 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15065
15066 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15067 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15068
15069 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15070 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15071
15072 ;;;***
15073 \f
15074 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15075 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15076 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15072 2252))
15077 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15078
15079 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15080 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15081
15082 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15083 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15084
15085 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15086
15087 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15088
15089 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15090
15091 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15092 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15093 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15094 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15095 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15096 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15097 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15098 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15099
15100 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15101
15102 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15103 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15104 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15105 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15106
15107 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15108 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15109 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15110 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15111
15112 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15113 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15114 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15115
15116 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15117 Major mode to edit SQL.
15118
15119 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15120 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15121 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15122
15123 \\{sql-mode-map}
15124 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15125
15126 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15127 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15128 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15129 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15130 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15131 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15132
15133 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15134 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15135
15136 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15137 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15138
15139 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15140 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15141 `*SQL*'.
15142
15143 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15144 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15145 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15146 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15147
15148 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15149 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15150
15151 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15152 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15153 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15154 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15155 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15156 `default-process-coding-system'.
15157
15158 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15159
15160 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15161 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15162
15163 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15164 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15165 `*SQL*'.
15166
15167 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15168 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15169 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15170 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15171
15172 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15173 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15174
15175 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15176 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15177 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15178 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15179 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15180 `default-process-coding-system'.
15181
15182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15183
15184 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15185 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15186
15187 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15188 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15189 `*SQL*'.
15190
15191 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15192 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15193
15194 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15195 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15196
15197 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15198 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15199 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15200 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15201 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15202 `default-process-coding-system'.
15203
15204 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15205
15206 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15207 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15208
15209 Note that the widespread idea that mysql is free software is inaccurate;
15210 its license is too restrictive. We urge you to use PostGres instead.
15211
15212 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15213 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15214 `*SQL*'.
15215
15216 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15217 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15218 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15219 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15220
15221 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15222 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15223
15224 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15225 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15226 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15227 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15228 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15229 `default-process-coding-system'.
15230
15231 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15232
15233 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15234 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15235
15236 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15237 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15238 `*SQL*'.
15239
15240 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15241 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15242 defaults, if set.
15243
15244 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15245 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15246
15247 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15248 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15249 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15250 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15251 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15252 `default-process-coding-system'.
15253
15254 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15255
15256 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15257 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15258
15259 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15260 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15261 `*SQL*'.
15262
15263 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15264 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15265
15266 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15267 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15268
15269 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15270 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15271 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15272 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15273 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15274 `default-process-coding-system'.
15275
15276 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15277
15278 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15279 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15280
15281 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15282 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15283 `*SQL*'.
15284
15285 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15286 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15287 as defaults, if set.
15288
15289 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15290 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15291
15292 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15293 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15294 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15295 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15296 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15297 `default-process-coding-system'.
15298
15299 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15300
15301 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15302 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15303
15304 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15305 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15306 `*SQL*'.
15307
15308 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15309 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15310 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15311 `sql-postgres-options'.
15312
15313 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15314 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15315
15316 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15317 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15318 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15319 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15320 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15321 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15322 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15323 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15324
15325 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15326 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15327
15328 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15329
15330 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15331 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15332
15333 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15334 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15335 `*SQL*'.
15336
15337 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15338 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15339 defaults, if set.
15340
15341 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15342 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15343
15344 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15345 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15346 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15347 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15348 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15349 `default-process-coding-system'.
15350
15351 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15352
15353 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15354 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15355
15356 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15357 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15358 `*SQL*'.
15359
15360 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15361 automatic login.
15362
15363 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15364 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15365
15366 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to db2,
15367 newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, use
15368
15369 set `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send'.
15370 comint-input-sender's value is
15371 comint-simple-send
15372
15373
15374 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15375 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15376 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15377 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15378 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15379 `default-process-coding-system'.
15380
15381 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15382
15383 ;;;***
15384 \f
15385 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15386 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15387 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15388 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15389 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15390 ;;;;;; (14787 15136))
15391 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15392
15393 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15394 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15396 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15397
15398 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15399
15400 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15401
15402 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15403 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15404 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15405 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15406 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15407 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15408
15409 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15410
15411 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15412 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15413 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15414 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15415 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15416 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15417 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15418
15419 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15420 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15421 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15422 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15423 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15424 then complete the stroke with button3.
15425 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15426
15427 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15428 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15429 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15430
15431 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15432 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15433 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15434
15435 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15436 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15437
15438 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15439
15440 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15441 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15442
15443 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15444 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15445
15446 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15447
15448 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15449 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15450 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15451 chronologically by command name.
15452 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15453
15454 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15455 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15456 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15457 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15458 mode in all buffers when activated.
15459 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15460 new strokes with
15461
15462 > M-x global-set-stroke
15463
15464 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15465 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15466 strokes with
15467
15468 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15469 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15470
15471 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15472 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15473 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15474 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15475
15476 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15477 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15478
15479 ;;;***
15480 \f
15481 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15482 ;;;;;; (14821 31351))
15483 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15484
15485 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15486 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15487
15488 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15489 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15490
15491 ;;;***
15492 \f
15493 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15494 ;;;;;; (14565 55801))
15495 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15496
15497 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15498 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15499 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15500 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15501 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15502 original message but it does require a few things:
15503
15504 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15505
15506 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15507 reply buffer.
15508
15509 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15510 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15511 original message.
15512
15513 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15514
15515 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15516
15517 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15518 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15519 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15520
15521 ;;;***
15522 \f
15523 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15524 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15525
15526 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15527 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15528 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15529 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15530 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15531
15532 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15533 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15534 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15535 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15536 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15537 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15538 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15539
15540 ;;;***
15541 \f
15542 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (13229 29630))
15543 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15544
15545 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15546 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15547
15548 ;;;***
15549 \f
15550 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (14903 16513))
15551 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15552
15553 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15554 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15555 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15556 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15557 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15558 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15559 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15560
15561 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15562 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15563 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15564 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15565
15566 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15567 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15568
15569 ;;;***
15570 \f
15571 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15572 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (14965 55646))
15573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15574
15575 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15576 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15577 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15578 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15579 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15580 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15581
15582 Variables controlling indentation style:
15583 tcl-indent-level
15584 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15585 tcl-continued-indent-level
15586 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15587
15588 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15589 documentation for details):
15590 tcl-tab-always-indent
15591 Controls action of TAB key.
15592 tcl-auto-newline
15593 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15594 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15595 tcl-electric-hash-style
15596 Controls action of `#' key.
15597 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15598 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15599 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15600 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15601 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15602 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15603
15604 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15605 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15606 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15607 already exist.
15608
15609 Commands:
15610 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15611
15612 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15613 Run inferior Tcl process.
15614 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15615 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15616
15617 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15618 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15619 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15620
15621 ;;;***
15622 \f
15623 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (14550 7962))
15624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15625 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15626
15627 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15628 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15629 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15630 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15631 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15632 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15633 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15635
15636 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15637 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15638 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15639 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15640
15641 ;;;***
15642 \f
15643 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15023
15644 ;;;;;; 15068))
15645 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15646
15647 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15648 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15649 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15650 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15651 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15652 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15653
15654 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15655 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15656
15657 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15658 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15659
15660 ;;;***
15661 \f
15662 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (14758
15663 ;;;;;; 10468))
15664 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15665
15666 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15667 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15668 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15669 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15670 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15671 program as keyboard input.
15672
15673 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15674 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
15675 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
15676 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
15677
15678 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
15679 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
15680 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
15681 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
15682 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
15683
15684 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
15685
15686 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
15687 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
15688 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
15689 terminal-redisplay-interval.
15690
15691 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
15692 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
15693 subprocess started." t nil)
15694
15695 ;;;***
15696 \f
15697 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (13700 16411))
15698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
15699
15700 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
15701 Play the Tetris game.
15702 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
15703 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
15704 as to form complete rows.
15705
15706 tetris-mode keybindings:
15707 \\<tetris-mode-map>
15708 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
15709 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
15710 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15711 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
15712 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
15713 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
15714 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
15715 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
15716
15717 " t nil)
15718
15719 ;;;***
15720 \f
15721 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
15722 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
15723 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15724 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
15725 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
15726 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
15727 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
15728 ;;;;;; (14988 59070))
15729 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
15730
15731 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
15732 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
15733
15734 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
15735 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
15736 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
15737 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
15738 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
15739
15740 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
15741 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
15742 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
15743 if it matches the first line of the file,
15744 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
15745
15746 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
15747 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
15748 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
15749 if the variable is non-nil.")
15750
15751 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
15752 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
15753
15754 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
15755 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
15756 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15757 See the documentation of that variable.")
15758
15759 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
15760 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
15761 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15762 See the documentation of that variable.")
15763
15764 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
15765 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
15766 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
15767 See the documentation of that variable.")
15768
15769 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
15770 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
15771 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
15772 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
15773
15774 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
15775 *User defined LaTeX block names.
15776 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
15777
15778 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
15779 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
15780 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15781 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15782
15783 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15784 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15785 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15786 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
15787
15788 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
15789 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
15790 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15791 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15792
15793 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
15794 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
15795 for example,
15796
15797 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15798 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
15799
15800 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
15801 use.")
15802
15803 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
15804 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
15805 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
15806 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
15807
15808 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
15809 window system being used. For example,
15810
15811 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
15812 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
15813
15814 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
15815 otherwise.")
15816
15817 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
15818 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
15819 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
15820
15821 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
15822 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
15823 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
15824 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
15825 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
15826
15827 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
15828 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
15829
15830 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
15831 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
15832
15833 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15834 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
15835 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
15836 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
15837 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
15838 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
15839 says which mode to use." t nil)
15840
15841 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
15842
15843 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
15844
15845 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
15846
15847 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15848 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
15849 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15850 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15851 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15852
15853 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
15854 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
15855 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15856 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15857 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15858 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15859 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15860
15861 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15862 mismatched $'s or braces.
15863
15864 Special commands:
15865 \\{tex-mode-map}
15866
15867 Mode variables:
15868 tex-run-command
15869 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15870 tex-directory
15871 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
15872 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15873 tex-dvi-print-command
15874 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15875 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15876 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15877 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15878 tex-dvi-view-command
15879 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15880 tex-show-queue-command
15881 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15882 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15883
15884 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15885 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
15886 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15887
15888 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15889 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
15890 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15891 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15892 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15893
15894 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15895 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15896 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15897 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15898 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15899 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15900 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15901
15902 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15903 mismatched $'s or braces.
15904
15905 Special commands:
15906 \\{tex-mode-map}
15907
15908 Mode variables:
15909 latex-run-command
15910 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15911 tex-directory
15912 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
15913 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15914 tex-dvi-print-command
15915 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15916 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15917 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15918 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15919 tex-dvi-view-command
15920 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15921 tex-show-queue-command
15922 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15923 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15924
15925 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
15926 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
15927 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15928
15929 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
15930 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
15931 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
15932 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
15933 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
15934
15935 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
15936 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
15937 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
15938 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
15939 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
15940 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
15941 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
15942
15943 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
15944 mismatched $'s or braces.
15945
15946 Special commands:
15947 \\{tex-mode-map}
15948
15949 Mode variables:
15950 slitex-run-command
15951 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15952 tex-directory
15953 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
15954 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
15955 tex-dvi-print-command
15956 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
15957 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
15958 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
15959 argument) to print a .dvi file.
15960 tex-dvi-view-command
15961 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
15962 tex-show-queue-command
15963 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
15964 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
15965
15966 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
15967 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
15968 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
15969 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
15970
15971 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
15972
15973 ;;;***
15974 \f
15975 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
15976 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15087 61936))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
15978
15979 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
15980 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
15981 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15982 name specified in the @setfilename command.
15983
15984 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
15985 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
15986 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
15987
15988 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
15989 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
15990 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
15991 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
15992 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
15995 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
15996 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
15997 names specified in the @setfilename command.
15998
15999 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16000 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16001 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16002 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16003
16004 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16005 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16006
16007 ;;;***
16008 \f
16009 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16010 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15060 12861))
16011 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16012
16013 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16014 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16015
16016 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16017 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16018
16019 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16020 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16021
16022 It has these extra commands:
16023 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16024
16025 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16026 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16027 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16028 modified version of TeX input format.
16029
16030 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16031 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16032 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16033 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16034
16035 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16036 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16037 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16038 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16039 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16040 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16041 in the Texinfo file.
16042
16043 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16044 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16045 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16046 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16047 move forward past the closing brace.
16048
16049 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16050 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16051
16052 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16053 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16054 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16055
16056 Here are the functions:
16057
16058 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16059 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16060 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16061
16062 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16063 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16064 texinfo-master-menu
16065
16066 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16067
16068 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16069 which menu descriptions are indented.
16070
16071 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16072 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16073 in the region.
16074
16075 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16076 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16077 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16078 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16079
16080 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16081 be the first node in the file.
16082
16083
16084 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16085 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16086
16087 ;;;***
16088 \f
16089 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16090 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16091 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15016 44843))
16092 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16093
16094 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16095 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16096 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16097 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16098
16099 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16100 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16101
16102 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16103 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16106
16107 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16108 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16109 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16110 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16111 to compose.
16112
16113 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16114
16115 ;;;***
16116 \f
16117 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16118 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16119 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (14746 24125))
16120 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16121
16122 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16123 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16124
16125 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16126 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16127 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16128 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16129 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16130
16131 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16132 a symbol as a valid THING.
16133
16134 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16135 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16136
16137 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16138 Return the THING at point.
16139 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16140 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16141 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16142
16143 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16144 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16145
16146 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16147
16148 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16149
16150 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16151
16152 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16153
16154 ;;;***
16155 \f
16156 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16157 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16158 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16159 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16160 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15016
16161 ;;;;;; 44843))
16162 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16163
16164 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16165 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16166 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16167
16168 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16169 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16170
16171 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16172 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16173 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16174
16175 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16176 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16177
16178 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16179 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16180
16181 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16182 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16183 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16184 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16185
16186 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16187 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16188 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16189 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16190
16191 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16192
16193 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16194 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16195 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16196
16197 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16198 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16199 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16200
16201 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16202
16203 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16204
16205 ;;;***
16206 \f
16207 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16208 ;;;;;; (14883 35719))
16209 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16210
16211 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16212 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16213 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16214 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16215 parameters.
16216 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16217
16218 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16219 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16220 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16221 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16222 parameters.
16223 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16224
16225 ;;;***
16226 \f
16227 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16228 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15068 13474))
16229 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16230
16231 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16232 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16233
16234 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16235 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16236 This display updates automatically every minute.
16237 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16238 are displayed as well.
16239 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16240
16241 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16242 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16243 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16244 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16245 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16246
16247 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16248
16249 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16250
16251 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16252 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16253 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16254
16255 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16256 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16257 are displayed as well.
16258 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16259
16260 ;;;***
16261 \f
16262 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16263 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
16264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16265
16266 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16267 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16268
16269 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16270 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16271 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16272
16273 ;;;***
16274 \f
16275 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16276 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15044 44944))
16277 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16278
16279 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16280 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16281 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16282 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16283 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16284 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16285 look like one of the following:
16286 Time-stamp: <>
16287 Time-stamp: \" \"
16288 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16289 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16290 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16291 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16292 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16293 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16294 template." t nil)
16295
16296 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16297 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16298 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16299
16300 ;;;***
16301 \f
16302 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16303 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16304 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16305 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16306 ;;;;;; (15077 20758))
16307 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16308
16309 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16310 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16311 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16312 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16313 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16314 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16315 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16316 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16317
16318 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16319 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16320 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16321 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16322 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16323 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16324 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16325 this function is called within a day.
16326
16327 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16328 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16329 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16330 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16331
16332 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16333 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16334 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16335 begun during the last time segment.
16336
16337 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16338 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16339 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16340 discover the reason." t nil)
16341
16342 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16343 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16344
16345 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16346 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16347 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16348 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16349 project you were working on." t nil)
16350
16351 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16352 Ask the user before clocking out.
16353 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16354
16355 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16356 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16357 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16358
16359 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16360 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16361 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16362 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16363 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16364 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16365
16366 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16367 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16368 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16369 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16370
16371 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16372 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16373 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16374 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16375 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16376 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16377 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16378 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16379 non-nil." t nil)
16380
16381 ;;;***
16382 \f
16383 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16384 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16385 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (14766 7772))
16386 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16387
16388 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16389
16390 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16391 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16392
16393 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16394 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16395
16396 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16397 Perform an action at time TIME.
16398 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16399 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16400 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16401 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16402 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16403 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16404
16405 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16406
16407 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16408 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16409 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16410 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16411 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16412
16413 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16414
16415 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16416 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16417 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16418 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16419
16420 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16421 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16422 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16423 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16424
16425 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16426 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16427
16428 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16429 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16430
16431 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16432 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16433 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16434 The call should look like:
16435 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16436 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16437 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16438 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16439 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16440
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16444 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15057 30976))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16446
16447 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16448 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16449 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16450 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16451
16452 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16453 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16454 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16455 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16456 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16457 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16458 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16459
16460 ;;;***
16461 \f
16462 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16463 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (14894 24689))
16464 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16465 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16466 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16467 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16468
16469 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16470 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16471 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16472 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16473 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16474
16475 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16476 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16477 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16478 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16479 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16480
16481 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16482 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16483 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16484 in the menu in two ways:
16485 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16486 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16487 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16488
16489 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16490 keymap or an alist of alists.
16491 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16492 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16493
16494 ;;;***
16495 \f
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16497 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16498 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (14930 62509))
16499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16500
16501 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16502 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16503
16504 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16505 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16506
16507 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16508 Insert new TODO list entry.
16509 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16510 category." t nil)
16511
16512 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16513 List top priorities for each category.
16514
16515 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16516 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16517
16518 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16519 between each category." t nil)
16520
16521 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16522 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16523 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16524 between each category.
16525
16526 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16527
16528 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16529 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16530
16531 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16532
16533 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16534 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16535
16536 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16537 Show TODO list." t nil)
16538
16539 ;;;***
16540 \f
16541 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16542 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15020 34856))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16544
16545 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16546 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
16547 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16549 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16550
16551 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16552
16553 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16554
16555 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16556 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16557 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16558
16559 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16560 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16561
16562 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16563 Add an item to the tool bar.
16564 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16565 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16566 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16567 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16568
16569 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
16570 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
16571 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
16572
16573 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16574 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16575 function." nil nil)
16576
16577 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16578 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16579 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16580 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16581 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16582 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16583 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16584
16585 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16586 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16587 function." nil nil)
16588
16589 ;;;***
16590 \f
16591 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16592 ;;;;;; (14950 65525))
16593 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16594
16595 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16596 Mode for tooltip display.
16597 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16598
16599 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16600 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16602 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16603
16604 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16605
16606 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16607
16608 ;;;***
16609 \f
16610 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (14892
16611 ;;;;;; 62617))
16612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16613
16614 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16615
16616 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16617
16618 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16619 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16620
16621 ;;;***
16622 \f
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16624 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (14892 62636))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16626
16627 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16628 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16629
16630 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16631 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16632
16633 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16634 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16635
16636 ;;;***
16637 \f
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (13509 34547))
16639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16640
16641 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16642 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16643 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16644 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16645 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16646
16647 ;;;***
16648 \f
16649 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16650 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16652
16653 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16654 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16655
16656 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16657 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16658 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16659 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16660 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16661 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16662 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16663 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16664
16665 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16666 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16667 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16668 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16669 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16670 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16671 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16672
16673 ;;;***
16674 \f
16675 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
16676 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (14876 60333))
16677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
16678 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
16679 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
16680 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
16681
16682 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
16683 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
16684 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
16685 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
16686 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
16687 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
16688 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
16689
16690 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
16691 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
16692 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
16693 accepting the proposed default buffer.
16694
16695 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16696
16697 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
16698 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
16699 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
16700 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
16701 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
16702 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
16703 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
16704
16705 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
16706 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
16707
16708 First column's text sSs Second column's text
16709 \\___/\\
16710 / \\
16711 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
16712
16713 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
16714
16715 ;;;***
16716 \f
16717 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
16718 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
16719 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
16720 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
16721 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
16722
16723 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
16724 Toggle typing break mode.
16725 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
16726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16727 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
16728
16729 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16730
16731 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
16732
16733 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
16734 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
16735
16736 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
16737 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
16738
16739 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
16740 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
16741 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
16742
16743 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
16744 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
16745
16746 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
16747 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
16748 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
16749
16750 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
16751 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
16752 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
16753 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
16754 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
16755 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
16756
16757 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
16758 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
16759 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
16760 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
16761
16762 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
16763 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
16764
16765 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
16766 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
16767
16768 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
16769 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
16770 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
16771
16772 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
16773 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
16774 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
16775 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
16776 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
16777 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
16778 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
16779
16780 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
16781 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
16782
16783 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
16784 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
16785 reset the keystroke counter.
16786
16787 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
16788 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
16789 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
16790 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
16791
16792 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
16793 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
16794 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
16795 `type-break-schedule' command.
16796
16797 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
16798 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
16799 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
16800 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
16801 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
16802 or not to continue.
16803
16804 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
16805 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
16806 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
16807 approximate good values for this.
16808
16809 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
16810 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
16811
16812 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
16813 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
16814 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
16815 `type-break-warning-repeat'
16816 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
16817 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
16818
16819 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
16820 a typing break occur. They include:
16821
16822 `type-break-query-mode'
16823 `type-break-query-function'
16824 `type-break-query-interval'
16825
16826 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
16827
16828 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
16829 Take a typing break.
16830
16831 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
16832 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
16833
16834 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
16835 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
16836
16837 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
16838 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
16839 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
16840 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
16841
16842 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
16843 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
16844
16845 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
16846 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
16847 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
16848 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
16849 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
16850 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
16851 average typing speed.)
16852
16853 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
16854 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
16855 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
16856 the computed maximum threshold.
16857
16858 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
16859 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
16860 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
16861 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
16862 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
16863
16864 ;;;***
16865 \f
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
16867 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (14228 39817))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
16869
16870 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
16871 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
16872 Works by overstriking underscores.
16873 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16874 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16875
16876 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
16877 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
16878 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16879 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
16880
16881 ;;;***
16882 \f
16883 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
16884 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
16885 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
16886
16887 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16888 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
16889 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
16890
16891 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
16892 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
16893 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
16894 following the containing message." t nil)
16895
16896 ;;;***
16897 \f
16898 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
16899 ;;;;;; (13229 29740))
16900 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
16901
16902 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16903 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
16904 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
16905 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
16906 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
16907 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
16908
16909 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
16910 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
16911
16912 ;;;***
16913 \f
16914 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
16915 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
16916 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
16917
16918 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
16919 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
16920 This function has a choice of three things to do:
16921 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
16922 to refrain from editing the file
16923 return t (grab the lock on the file)
16924 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
16925 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
16926 in any way you like." nil nil)
16927
16928 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
16929 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
16930 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
16931 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
16932 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
16933
16934 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
16935 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
16936
16937 ;;;***
16938 \f
16939 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
16940 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (14877 36787))
16941 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
16942
16943 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
16944 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
16945 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
16946 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
16947
16948 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
16949 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
16950 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
16951
16952 ;;;***
16953 \f
16954 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
16955 ;;;;;; vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot
16956 ;;;;;; vc-create-snapshot vc-directory vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge
16957 ;;;;;; vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window vc-diff vc-register
16958 ;;;;;; vc-next-action edit-vc-file with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook
16959 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (15089 7969))
16960 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
16961
16962 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
16963 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
16964 See `run-hooks'.")
16965
16966 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
16967 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file gets checked in.
16968 See `run-hooks'.")
16969
16970 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
16971 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary and execute the body.
16972 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
16973 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
16974 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
16975 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
16976
16977 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
16978 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
16979 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
16980 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
16981 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
16982
16983 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
16984 Do the next logical checkin or checkout operation on the current file.
16985
16986 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
16987 it will operate on the file in the current line.
16988
16989 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
16990 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
16991 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
16992 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
16993 lock steals will raise an error.
16994
16995 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
16996
16997 For RCS and SCCS files:
16998 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
16999 control.
17000 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17001 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17002 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17003 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17004 it performs a revert.
17005 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17006 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17007 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17008 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17009 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17010 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17011 the option to steal the lock.
17012
17013 For CVS files:
17014 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17015 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17016 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17017 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17018 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17019 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17020 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17021 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17022 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17023
17024 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17025 Register the current file into a version control system.
17026 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17027 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17028
17029 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17030 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17031 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17032 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17033 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17034 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17035
17036 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17037 Display diffs between file versions.
17038 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent
17039 checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments.
17040 With a prefix argument, it reads the file name to use
17041 and two version designators specifying which versions to compare." t nil)
17042
17043 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17044 Visit version REV of the current buffer in another window.
17045 If the current buffer is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17046 If `F.~REV~' already exists, it is used instead of being re-created." t nil)
17047
17048 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17049 Insert headers in a file for use with your version control system.
17050 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17051 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17052
17053 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17054 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17055 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17056 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17057 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17058 from the current branch.
17059
17060 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17061
17062 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17063 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17064 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17065
17066 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17067 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17068
17069 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17070
17071 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17072 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17073
17074 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17075 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17076 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17077 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17078 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17079 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17080
17081 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17082 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17083 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17084 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17085 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17086 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17087
17088 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17089 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17090
17091 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17092 Revert the current buffer's file back to the version it was based on.
17093 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17094 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17095 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17096
17097 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17098 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17099 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17100
17101 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17102 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17103
17104 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17105 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17106 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17107 directory.
17108
17109 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17110
17111 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17112 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17113 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17114
17115 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17116 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17117
17118 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17119 Display the result of the \"Annotate\" command using colors.
17120 \"Annotate\" is defined by `vc-BACKEND-annotate-command'. New lines
17121 are displayed in red, old in blue. When given a prefix argument, asks
17122 for a version to annotate from, and a factor for stretching the time
17123 scale.
17124
17125 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17126 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17127 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17128 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17129
17130 ;;;***
17131 \f
17132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15068 4482))
17133 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17134 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17135 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17136 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17137 (require 'vc-cvs)
17138 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17139
17140 ;;;***
17141 \f
17142 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17143 ;;;;;; (15020 34856))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17145
17146 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17147 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17148 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17149
17150 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17151
17152 ;;;***
17153 \f
17154 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17155 ;;;;;; (15044 17427))
17156 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17157
17158 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17159 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17160 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17161
17162 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17163
17164 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17165 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17166 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17167 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17168
17169 ;;;***
17170 \f
17171 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17172 ;;;;;; (14385 23382))
17173 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17174
17175 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17176 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17177
17178 Usage:
17179 ------
17180
17181 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17182 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17183 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17184 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17185 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17186 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17187 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17188 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17189 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17190 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17191 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17192 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17193 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17194 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17195 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17196 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17197 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17198 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17199 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17200
17201 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17202 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17203 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17204
17205 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17206 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17207 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17208 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17209 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17210 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17211 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17212 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17213 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17214
17215 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17216 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17217 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17218 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17219 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17220 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17221 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17222 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17223
17224 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17225 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17226 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17227
17228 - COMMENTS:
17229 `--' puts a single comment.
17230 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17231 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17232 comment in between.
17233 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17234 following lines.
17235 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17236 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17237
17238 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17239 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17240 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17241 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17242 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17243 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17244 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17245 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17246 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17247 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17248 multi-line comments.
17249
17250 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17251 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17252 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17253 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17254 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17255 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17256 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17257 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17258 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17259
17260 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17261 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17262 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17263 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17264 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17265 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17266 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17267 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17268 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17269 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17270
17271 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17272 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17273 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17274 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17275 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17276 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17277 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17278 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17279 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17280 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17281 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17282 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17283 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17284
17285 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17286
17287 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17288 menu).
17289
17290 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17291
17292 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17293 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17294 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17295 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17296 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17297
17298 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17299 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17300 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17301 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17302 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17303 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17304 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17305 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17306 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17307
17308 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17309 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17310 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17311 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17312 specified.
17313
17314 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17315 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17316 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17317 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17318 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17319 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17320
17321 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17322 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17323 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17324 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17325 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17326 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17327 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17328 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17329 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17330 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17331 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17332
17333 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17334 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17335 Math Packages.
17336
17337 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17338 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17339 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17340 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17341 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17342 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17343 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17344 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17345
17346 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17347 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17348 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17349 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17350 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17351 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17352
17353 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17354 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17355 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17356 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17357 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17358
17359 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17360 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17361 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17362 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17363 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17364
17365 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17366 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17367 highlighted if written in lower case.
17368
17369 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17370 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17371 is non-nil.
17372
17373 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17374 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17375 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17376
17377 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17378 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17379 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17380
17381 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17382 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17383 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17384
17385 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17386 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17387 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17388 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17389 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17390 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17391 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17392
17393 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17394 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17395 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17396 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17397 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17398
17399 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17400 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17401 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17402 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17403
17404 - HINTS:
17405 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17406
17407
17408 Maintenance:
17409 ------------
17410
17411 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17412 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17413
17414 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17415
17416 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17417 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17418 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17419 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17420
17421 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17422 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17423 version and release notes can be found.
17424
17425
17426 Bugs and Limitations:
17427 ---------------------
17428
17429 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17430 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17431 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17432 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17433 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17434 does not work under XEmacs.
17435
17436
17437 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17438 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17439
17440 Key bindings:
17441 -------------
17442
17443 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17444
17445 ;;;***
17446 \f
17447 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (13229 29773))
17448 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17449
17450 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17451 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17452 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17453 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17454
17455 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17456 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17457 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17458 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17459 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17460
17461 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17462 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17463
17464 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17465
17466 * Limitations and unsupported features
17467 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17468 not supported.
17469 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17470 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17471
17472 * Modifications
17473 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17474 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17475 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17476 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17477 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17478 for undoing a repeated change command.
17479 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17480 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17481 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17482
17483 * Extensions
17484 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17485 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17486 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17487 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17488 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17489 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17490 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17491 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17492
17493 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17494
17495 ;;;***
17496 \f
17497 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17498 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17499 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17500 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15016 44843))
17501 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17502
17503 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17504 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17505
17506 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17507 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17508 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17509 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17510
17511 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17512 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17513
17514 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17515 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17516 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17517 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17518
17519 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17520 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17521
17522 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17523
17524 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17525
17526 ;;;***
17527 \f
17528 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17529 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17530 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (14862
17531 ;;;;;; 37894))
17532 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17533
17534 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17535 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17536 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17537 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17538
17539 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17540
17541 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17542 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17543 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17544 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17545 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17546 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17547 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17548
17549 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17550
17551 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17552 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17553 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17554 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17555 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17556 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17557 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17558 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17559
17560 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17561
17562 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17563 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17564 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17565 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17566 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17567 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17568 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17569 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17570
17571 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17572
17573 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17574 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17575 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17576 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17577 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17578 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17579 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17580
17581 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17582
17583 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17584 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17585 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17586
17587 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17588 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17589 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17590 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17591 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17592 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17593 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17594 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17595
17596 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17597
17598 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17599 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17600 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17601
17602 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17603 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17604 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17605 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17606 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17607 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17608 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17609 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17610
17611 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17612
17613 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17614 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17615 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17616
17617 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17618 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17619 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17620
17621 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17622 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
17623 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
17624 read-only.
17625 \\<view-mode-map>
17626 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
17627 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
17628 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
17629 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
17630 commands default to a repeat count of one.
17631
17632 H, h, ? This message.
17633 Digits provide prefix arguments.
17634 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
17635 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
17636 > move to the end of buffer.
17637 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
17638 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
17639 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
17640 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
17641 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
17642 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17643 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
17644 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17645 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
17646 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
17647 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
17648 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
17649 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
17650 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
17651 Use this to view a changing file.
17652 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
17653 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
17654 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
17655 . set the mark.
17656 x exchanges point and mark.
17657 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
17658 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
17659 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
17660 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
17661 ' go to position saved in character register.
17662 s do forward incremental search.
17663 r do reverse incremental search.
17664 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
17665 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
17666 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
17667 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
17668 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
17669 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
17670 p searches backward for last regular expression.
17671 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
17672 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
17673 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
17674 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
17675 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
17676 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
17677 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
17678 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
17679
17680 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
17681 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
17682 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
17683 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
17684 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
17685 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
17686 will return to that buffer.
17687
17688 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17689
17690 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
17691 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
17692 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
17693 `view-return-to-alist'.
17694 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
17695 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
17696 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
17697
17698 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
17699 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
17700 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
17701 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
17702 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
17703 1) nil Do nothing.
17704 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
17705 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
17706 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
17707 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
17708
17709 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17710
17711 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
17712
17713 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
17714 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
17715
17716 ;;;***
17717 \f
17718 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (13650 13703))
17719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
17720
17721 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
17722 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
17723
17724 ;;;***
17725 \f
17726 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
17727 ;;;;;; (15029 54049))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
17729
17730 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
17731 Toggle Viper on/off.
17732 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
17733
17734 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
17735 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
17736
17737 ;;;***
17738 \f
17739 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (14550 8900))
17740 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
17741
17742 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
17743 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
17744
17745 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
17746 hotlist.
17747
17748 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
17749 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
17750
17751 ;;;***
17752 \f
17753 ;;;### (autoloads (which-func-mode-global) "which-func" "which-func.el"
17754 ;;;;;; (15013 64498))
17755 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
17756
17757 (defalias (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func-mode-global))
17758
17759 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-func-mode-global))
17760
17761 (defvar which-func-mode-global nil "\
17762 Non-nil if Which-Func-Mode-Global mode is enabled.
17763 See the command `which-func-mode-global' for a description of this minor-mode.
17764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17765 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-func-mode-global'.")
17766
17767 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote custom-variable))
17768
17769 (custom-add-load (quote which-func-mode-global) (quote which-func))
17770
17771 (autoload (quote which-func-mode-global) "which-func" "\
17772 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
17773 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
17774 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
17775
17776 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
17777 and off otherwise." t nil)
17778
17779 ;;;***
17780 \f
17781 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
17782 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
17783 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
17784 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
17785 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15035 4762))
17786 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
17787
17788 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
17789 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
17790
17791 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
17792 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
17795 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
17796
17797 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
17798 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
17801 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
17802
17803 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
17804 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
17805 These are:
17806 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17807 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17808 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
17809 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17810 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17811
17812 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
17813 and:
17814 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
17815 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
17816
17817 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
17818 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
17821 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
17822
17823 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
17824 whitespace problems." t nil)
17825
17826 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
17827 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
17828
17829 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
17830 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
17831
17832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17833 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
17834 \(which see).")
17835
17836 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17837
17838 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
17839
17840 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
17841 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
17842
17843 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
17844 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
17845
17846 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
17847 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
17848 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
17849 replaced with TABS).
17850 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
17851 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
17852
17853 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
17854
17855 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
17856 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
17857
17858 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
17859 i - Indentation whitespace.
17860 l - Leading whitespace.
17861 s - Space followed by Tab.
17862 t - Trailing whitespace.
17863
17864 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
17865 !<y>.
17866
17867 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
17868 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
17869 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
17870 always they default to 8.)
17871
17872 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
17873 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
17874 even print it.
17875
17876 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
17877 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
17878 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
17879 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
17880 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
17881 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
17882 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
17883 to set smarttab.)
17884
17885 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
17886 merge problems.
17887
17888 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
17889 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
17890 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
17891
17892 ;;;***
17893 \f
17894 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
17895 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (14839 64808))
17896 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
17897
17898 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
17899 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
17900
17901 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
17902 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
17905 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
17906
17907 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
17908 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
17909 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17910
17911 ;;;***
17912 \f
17913 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
17914 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15052 38327))
17915 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
17916
17917 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
17918 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
17919 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
17920
17921 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
17922 Create widget of TYPE.
17923 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
17924
17925 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
17926 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
17927
17928 ;;;***
17929 \f
17930 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
17931 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (14747
17932 ;;;;;; 44775))
17933 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
17934
17935 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
17936 Select the window to the left of the current one.
17937 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17938 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17939 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
17940 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17941 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17942
17943 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
17944 Select the window above the current one.
17945 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
17946 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
17947 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
17948 negative ARG) of the current window.
17949 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17950
17951 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
17952 Select the window to the right of the current one.
17953 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17954 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
17955 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
17956 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
17957 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17958
17959 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
17960 Select the window below the current one.
17961 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
17962 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
17963 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
17964 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
17965 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
17966
17967 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
17968 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
17969
17970 ;;;***
17971 \f
17972 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
17973 ;;;;;; (14535 44846))
17974 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
17975
17976 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
17977 Toggle winner-mode.
17978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17979 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
17980
17981 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17982
17983 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
17984
17985 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
17986 Toggle Winner mode.
17987 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
17988
17989 ;;;***
17990 \f
17991 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
17992 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (14966 38375))
17993 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
17994
17995 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
17996 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
17997 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
17998 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
17999 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18000 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18001 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18002 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18003
18004 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18005 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18006
18007 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18008 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18009
18010 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18011 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18012 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18013 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18014 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18015 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18016 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18017 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18018
18019 ;;;***
18020 \f
18021 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18022 ;;;;;; (13415 51576))
18023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18024
18025 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18026 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18027
18028 BUGS:
18029 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18030 are not implemented
18031 - Options for search and replace
18032 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18033 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18034
18035 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18036 Emacs-like.
18037
18038 The key bindings are:
18039
18040 C-a backward-word
18041 C-b fill-paragraph
18042 C-c scroll-up-line
18043 C-d forward-char
18044 C-e previous-line
18045 C-f forward-word
18046 C-g delete-char
18047 C-h backward-char
18048 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18049 C-j help-for-help
18050 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18051 C-l ws-repeat-search
18052 C-n open-line
18053 C-p quoted-insert
18054 C-r scroll-down-line
18055 C-s backward-char
18056 C-t kill-word
18057 C-u keyboard-quit
18058 C-v overwrite-mode
18059 C-w scroll-down
18060 C-x next-line
18061 C-y kill-complete-line
18062 C-z scroll-up
18063
18064 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18065 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18066 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18067 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18068 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18069 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18070 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18071 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18072 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18073 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18074 C-k b ws-begin-block
18075 C-k c ws-copy-block
18076 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18077 C-k f find-file
18078 C-k h ws-show-markers
18079 C-k i ws-indent-block
18080 C-k k ws-end-block
18081 C-k p ws-print-block
18082 C-k q kill-emacs
18083 C-k r insert-file
18084 C-k s save-some-buffers
18085 C-k t ws-mark-word
18086 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18087 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18088 C-k v ws-move-block
18089 C-k w ws-write-block
18090 C-k x kill-emacs
18091 C-k y ws-delete-block
18092
18093 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18094 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18095 C-o j justify-current-line
18096 C-o k kill-buffer
18097 C-o l list-buffers
18098 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18099 C-o r set-fill-column
18100 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18101 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18102 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18103 C-o wo other-window
18104 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18105
18106 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18107 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18108 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18109 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18110 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18111 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18112 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18113 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18114 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18115 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18116 C-q a ws-query-replace
18117 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18118 C-q c end-of-buffer
18119 C-q d end-of-line
18120 C-q f ws-search
18121 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18122 C-q l ws-undo
18123 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18124 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18125 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18126 C-q w ws-last-error
18127 C-q y ws-kill-eol
18128 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18129 " t nil)
18130
18131 ;;;***
18132 \f
18133 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (14516
18134 ;;;;;; 149))
18135 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18136
18137 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18138 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18139 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18140
18141 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18142
18143 ;;;***
18144 \f
18145 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18146 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (14810 62720))
18147 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18148
18149 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18150 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18151
18152 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18153 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18154
18155 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18156 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18157 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18158
18159 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18160 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18161
18162 ;;;***
18163 \f
18164 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (14821 31351))
18165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18166
18167 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18168 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18169
18170 ;;;***
18171 \f
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18173 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (14550 9028))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18175
18176 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18177 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18178
18179 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18180 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18181
18182 Zone-mode does two things:
18183
18184 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18185 when saving the file
18186
18187 - fontification" t nil)
18188
18189 ;;;***
18190 \f
18191 ;;; Local Variables:
18192 ;;; version-control: never
18193 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
18194 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
18195 ;;; End:
18196 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here